Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers

go-math-grade-4-chapter-3-multiply-2-digit-numbers-answer-key

Are you seeing everywhere to find Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers in pdf? If so, you have stepped onto the right page. On this page, we have compiled a pdf formatted HMH Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Answer Key. Take the help of the Go Math Grade 4 Solution Key during your practice sessions and clear your queries. Assess your preparation standards and concentrate on the areas you are flagging.

Go Math Grade 4 Solution Key Pdf Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers

With the help of HMH Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Ch 3, you can learn the easy methods to solve problems. Answer Key for HMH Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers consists of all the questions from practice tests, exercises, assessments tests. You guys are recommended to solve the 4th grade Go Math Answers of Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers regularly & attempt the exams with confidence. The topics covered in the Go Math HMH grade 4 Solutions are designed perfectly & in an understandable way.

Lesson 1: Multiply by Tens

Lesson 2: Estimate Products

Lesson 3: Investigate • Area Models and Partial Products

Lesson 4: Multiply Using Partial Products

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Lesson 5: Multiply with Regrouping

Lesson 6: Choose a Multiplication Method

Lesson 7: Problem Solving • Multiply 2-Digit Numbers

Review/Test

Common Core – Page No. 149

Multiply by Tens

Choose a method. Then find the product.

Question 1.
16 × 60 = 960
Use the halving-and-doubling strategy.
Find half of 16: 16 ÷ 2 = 8.
Multiply this number by 60: 8 × 60 = 480
Double this result: 2 × 480 = 960

Answer:
960

Explanation:
Use the halving-and-doubling strategy.
Find half of 16: 16 ÷ 2 = 8.
Multiply this number by 60: 8 × 60 = 480
Double this result: 2 × 480 = 960

Question 2.
80 × 22 = ______

Answer:
1760

Explanation:
By using the place value method, Multiply 80 x 22
You can think of 80 as 8 tens
80 x 22 = (22 x 8) tens
= 176 tens
= 176 x 10 = 1760
80 x 22 = 1760

Question 3.
30 × 52 = ______

Answer:
1560

Explanation:
Use the Associative Property
You can think of 30 as 3 x 10
30 x 52 = (3 x 10) x 52
= 3 x (10 x 52)
=  3 x 520
= 1560
30 x 52 = 1560

Question 4.
60 × 20 = ______

Answer:
1200

Explanation:
60 x 20
Use the halving and doubling strategy
half of the 60 to make the problem simpler
60/ 2 = 30
Multiply 30 with 20
30 x 20 = 600
Double the 600
2 x 600= 1200
60 x 20 = 1200

Question 5.
40 × 35 = ______

Answer:
1400

Explanation:
By using the Associative Property 40 x 35
You can think of 40 as 4 x 10
40 x 35 = (4 x 10) x 35
= 4  x (10 x 35)
= 4 x 350
= 1400
40 x 35 = 1400

Question 6.
10 × 90 = ______

Answer:
900

Explanation:
By using the place value method, Multiply 10 x 90
You can think of 90 as 9 tens
10 x 90 = (10 x 9) tens
= 90 tens
= 10 x 90 = 900

Question 7.
31 × 50 = ______

Answer:
1,550

Explanation:
Use the place value method to multiply 31 x 50
You can think of 50 as 5 tens
31 x 50 = 31 x 5 tens
= 155 tens
= 1,550
31 x 50 = 1,550

Problem Solving

Question 8.
Kenny bought 20 packs of baseball cards. There are 12 cards in each pack. How many cards did Kenny buy?
______ cards

Answer:
240 cards

Explanation:
From the given data,
Kenny bought 20 packs of basketball cards
There are 12 cards in each pack = 12 x 20 cards
Use the associative property
You can write 20 as 2 x 10
12 x 20 = 12 x (2 x 10)
= (12 x 2) x 10
= (24) x 10
= 240 cards
Kenny bought 240 cards

Question 9.
The Hart family drove 10 hours to their vacation spot. They drove an average of 48 miles each hour. How many miles did they drive in all?
______ miles

Answer:
480 miles

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Hart family drove 10 hours to their vacation spot
Average speed per each hour is = 48 miles
Total miles = 48 x 10
Use the halving and doubling strategy
Half of the 48 to make the problem simpler
48/ 2 = 24
Multiply 24 with 10 = 24x 10 = 240
Double the value = 2 x 240 = 480 miles
Total miles drove by hart family = 480 miles.

Common Core – Page No. 150

Lesson Check

Question 1.
For the school play, 40 rows of chairs are set up. There are 22 chairs in each row. How many chairs are there in all?
Options:
a. 800
b. 840
c. 880
d. 8,800

Answer:
c. 880

Explanation:
As per the given data
For the school play, 40 rows of chairs are available. 22 chairs are available in each row.
Then total chairs in school play are = 22 x 40
By using the place value method
You can think of 40 as 4 tens
22 x 40 = 22 x 4 tens
= 88 tens
= 880
Total chairs in school are = 880

Question 2.
At West School, there are 20 classrooms. Each classroom has 20 students. How many students are at West School?
Options:
a. 40
b. 400
c. 440
d. 4,000

Answer:
b. 400

Explanation:
From the given data,
Total classrooms in west school = 20
Number of students per each classroom = 20
Then, total students at West School = 20 x 20
By using the associative property
You can think of 20 as 2 x 10
20 x 20 = 20 x (2 x 10)
= (20 x 2) x 10
=(40) x 10
=400
Total number of students at West School = 400

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Alex has 48 stickers. This is 6 times the number of stickers Max has. How many stickers does Max have?
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 8
d. 9

Answer:
c. 8

Explanation:
As per the give data,
Alex has 48 stickers
That means, X= 48
This is 6 times the number of stickers max has = Y = 6X = 48
Then, number of stickers with Max = Y = X = 48/6 = 8
Number of stickers with Max = Y = 8 Stickers.

Question 4.
Ali’s dog weighs 8 times as much as her cat. Together, the two pets weigh 54 pounds. How much does Ali’s dog weigh?
Options:
a. 6 pounds
b. 42 pounds
c. 46 pounds
d. 48 pounds

Answer:
d. 48 pounds

Explanation:
From the given data,
Ali’s cat weight = X
Ali’s dog weight = 8 times as much as Ali’s cat = 8X
Together, the two pets weight = (X+8X) = 54 pounds
= 9X = 54 pounds
= X = 54/9 pounds = 6 pounds
Then, Ali’s dog weight = 8X =8 x 6 = 48 pounds.

Question 5.
Allison has 3 containers with 25 crayons in each. She also has 4 boxes of markers with 12 markers in each box. She gives 10 crayons to a friend. How many crayons and markers does Allison have now?
Options:
a. 34
b. 113
c. 123
d. 133

Answer:
b. 113

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Allison has 3 containers with 25 crayons in each = X = 3 x 25 = 75
Allison has 4 boxes of markers with 12 markers in each box = Y = 4 x 12 = 48
Allison gives 10 crayons to a friend = Z = 75-10 = 65
Now, total number of crayons and markers with Allison = Y + Z = 48 + 65 = 113

Question 6.
The state of Utah covers 82,144 square miles. The state of Montana covers 145,552 square miles. What is the total area of the two states?
Options:
a. 63,408 square miles
b. 223,408 square miles
c. 227,696 square miles
d. 966,992 square miles

Answer:
c. 227,696 square miles

Explanation:
From the given data,
The state of Utah covers 82,144 square miles
The state of Montana covers 145,552 square miles
Then, Total area of the two states = 82,144 + 145,552
The total area of two states = 227,696 square miles.

Page No. 153

Question 1.
To estimate the product of 62 and 28 by rounding, how would you round the factors? What would the estimated product be?
about _____

Answer:
1800

Explanation:
By using rounding and mental math
Estimate 62 x 28
Firstly, round each factor
62 x 28
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
60 x 30
Use mental math
6 x 3 = 18
60 x 30 = 1800
So, estimated product of 62 and 28 = 1800

Estimate the product. Choose a method.

Question 2.
96 × 34
Estimate: _____

Answer:
3000

Explanation:
Use mental math and compatible numbers
96 x 34
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
100 x 30
Use mental math
1 x 30 = 30
100 x 30= 3000

Question 3.
47 × $39
Estimate: $ _____

Answer:
2000

Explanation:
Round to the nearest ten
47 x $39
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
50 x $40
50 x $ 4 = $200
50 x $40 = 2000

Question 4.
78 × 72
Estimate: _____

Answer:
5600

Explanation:
Use rounding and mental math
Round each factor
78 x 72
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
80 x 70
Use mental math
8 x 7 = 56
80 x 70 = 5600

Question 5.
41 × 78
Estimate: _____

Answer:
3200

Explanation:
Use compatible numbers and mental math
41 x 78
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
40 x 80
Use mental math
40 x 8 = 320
40 x 80 = 3200

Question 6.
51 × 73
Estimate: _____

Answer:
3500

Explanation:
Round to the nearest ten
51 x 73
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
50 x 70 = 3500

Question 7.
34 × 80
Estimate: _____

Answer:
2400

Explanation:
Round each factor
34 x 80
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
30 x 80
3 x 8 = 240
30 x 80 = 2400

Practice: Copy and Solve Estimate the product. Choose a method.

Question 8.
61 × 31
Estimate: _____

Answer:
1800

Explanation:
Round to the nearest ten
61 x 31
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
60 x 30 = 1800

Question 9.
52 × 68
Estimate: _____

Answer:
3500

Explanation:
Round each factor
52 x 68
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
50 x 70
Use mental math
5 x 7 =35
50 x 70 = 3500

Question 10.
26 × 44
Estimate: _____

Answer:
1200

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens
26 x 44
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
30 x 40 = 1200

Question 11.
57 × $69
Estimate: $ _____

Answer:
$4200

Explanation:
Round each factor
57 x $69
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
60 x $70
Use mental math
6 x $7 = $42
60 x $70 = $4200

Find two possible factors for the estimated product.

Question 12.
2,800
Type below:
___________

Answer:
2800

Explanation:
Let us consider 7 x 4 = 28
70 x 40 = 2800

Question 13.
8,100
Type below:
___________

Answer:
8,100

Explanation:
Let us take 9 x 9 = 81
90 x 90 = 8,100

Question 14.
5,600
Type below:
___________

Answer:
5,600

Explanation:
Let us consider 7 x 8 = 56
70 x 80 = 5,600

Question 15.
2,400
Type below:
___________

Answer:
2,400

Explanation:
Let us take 4 x 6 = 24
40 x 60 = 2400
Or 3 x 8 = 24
30 x 80 = 2,400

Question 16.
Mr. Parker jogs for 35 minutes each day. He jogs 5 days in week 1, 6 days in week 2, and 7 days in week 3. About how many minutes does he jog?
about _____ minutes

Answer:
about 630 minutes

Explanation:
From the given data,
Mr. Parker jogs per day = 35 minutes
He jogs 5 days in week 1 = 5 x 35 = 175 minutes
6 days in week 2 = 6 x 35 = 210 minutes
7 days in week 3 = 7 x 35 = 245 minutes
Total minutes of jog by Mr. Parker = week 1 + week 2 + week 3
= 175 + 210 + 245
= 630 minutes
So, total minutes of jog by Mr. Parker = 630 minutes

Question 17.
There are 48 beads in a package. Candice bought 4 packages of blue, 9 packages of gold, 6 packages of red, and 2 packages of silver beads. About how many beads did Candice buy?
about _____ beads

Answer:
about 1008 beads

Explanation:
As per the given data,
48 beads are there in a package
Candice bought 4 packages of blue beads = 4 x 48 = 192
9 packages of gold beads = 9 x 48 = 432
6 packages of red beads = 6 x 48 = 288
2 packages of silver beads = 2 x 48 = 96
Total beads bought by Candice = 192 + 432 + 288 + 96
= 1008 beads
So, total beads bought by Candice = 1008.

Page No. 154

Question 18.
On average, a refrigerator door is opened 38 times each day. Len has two refrigerators in his house. Based on this average, about how many times in a 3-week period are the refrigerator doors opened?
about _____ times

Answer:
about 1600 times

Explanation:
From the given data,
On average, a refrigerator door is opened per day = 38 times
3-week period = 7 x 3 = 21
Then, a refrigerator door is opened per 21 days = 21 x 38 = 798 times
Len has 2 refrigerators in his house
Then, two refrigerators door are opened per 21 days = 2 x 798
= 1596 times
So, in a 3 – week period refrigerator door is opened about 1600 times

Question 19.
The cost to run a refrigerator is about $57 each year. About how much will it have cost to run by the time it is 15 years old?
about $ _____

Answer:
1200

Explanation:
As per the data,
The cost to run a refrigerator per each year = $57
Cost to run a refrigerator by the time it is 15 years old = $57 * 15
Round to the nearest tens
$57 x 15
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
$60 x 20
Use mental math
$6 x 2 = 12
$ 60 x 20 = 1200

Question 20.
If Mel opens his refrigerator door 36 times every day, about how many times will it be opened in April? Will the exact answer be more than or less than the estimate? Explain.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
1200

Explanation:
From the given data,
Mel opens his refrigerator door per day = 36 times
Number of days in April month = 30 days
Refrigerator door opened in April month = 36 * 30
Round the factors
36 x 30
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
40 x 30 = 1200

Question 21.
Represent a Problem What question could you write for this answer? The estimated product of two numbers, that are not multiples of ten, is 2,800.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
2800

Explanation:
Let us take
1.
38 × 21
↓        ↓
40 × 20 = 800
2,800 = 42 x 68
↓    ↓
40 x  70 = 2800

Question 22.
Which is a reasonable estimate for the product? Write the estimate. An estimate may be used more than once.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 1
26 × 48 __________
28 × 21 __________
21 × 22 __________
51 × 26 __________

Answer:
25 x 50 = 1250
30 x 20 = 600
20 x 20 = 400
50 x 25 = 1250

Explanation:
26 x 48 -> 25 x 50 = 1250
28 x 21 -> 30 x 20 = 600
21 x 22 -> 20 x 20 = 400
51 x 26 -> 50 x 25 = 1250

Common Core – Page No. 155

Estimate Products
Estimate the product. Choose a method.

Question 1.
38 × 21
38 × 21
↓       ↓
40 × 20
800

Answer:
800

Explanation:
38 × 21
↓        ↓
40 × 20
800

Question 2.
63 × 19
Estimate: _____

Answer:
1200

Explanation:
63 x 19
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
60 x 20 = 1200
Estimated product of 63 x 19 = 1200

Question 3.
27 × $42
Estimate: $ _____

Answer:
$1000

Explanation:
27 × $42
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
25 x $40 = $1000
Estimated Product of 25 x $ 42 = $1000

Question 4.
73 × 67
Estimate: _____

Answer:
4900

Explanation:
73 × 67
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
70 x 70 = 4900
Estimated Product of 73 x 67 = 4900

Question 5.
37 × $44
Estimate:$ _____

Answer:
$1600

Explanation:
37 × $44
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
40 x $40 = $1600
Estimated Product of 37 x $44 = $1600

Question 6.
85 × 71
Estimate: _____

Answer:
6300

Explanation:
85 × 71
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
90 x 70 = 6300
Estimated Product of 85 x 71 = 6300

Question 7.
88 × 56
Estimate: _____

Answer:
4950

Explanation:
88 × 56
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
90 x 55 = 4950
Estimated Product of 90 x 55 = 4950

Question 8.
97 × 13
Estimate: _____

Answer:
1,000

Explanation:
97 × 13
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
100 x 10 = 1,000

Question 9.
92 × 64
Estimate: _____

Answer:
5850

Explanation:
92 × 64
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
90 x 65 = 5850

Problem Solving

Question 10.
A dime has a diameter of about 18 millimeters. About how many millimeters long would a row of 34 dimes be?
about _____ millimeters

Answer:
about 600 millimeters

Explanation:
From the given data,
A dime has a diameter of about 18 millimeters
Then, 34 dimes diameter = 18 * 34
18 x 34
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
20 x 30 = 600
So, 34 dimes have a diameter of about 600 millimeters long

Question 11.
A half-dollar has a diameter of about 31 millimeters. About how many millimeters long would a row of 56 half-dollars be?
about _____ millimiters

Answer:
1800 millimeters

Explanation:
As per the given data,
A half – dollar has a diameter of about 31 millimeters
Then, 56 half-dollars diameter = 31 * 56
31 * 56
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
30 * 60
So, 56 half-dollars have a diameter of about 1800 millimeters long.

Common Core – Page No. 156

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Which is the best estimate for the product
43 × 68?
Options:
a. 3,500
b. 2,800
c. 2,400
d. 280

Answer:
b. 2,800

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens
43 x 68
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
40 x 70
Use mental math
4 x 7 = 28
40 x 70 = 2800
Estimated product of 43 x 68 = 2800

Question 2.
Marissa burns 93 calories each time she plays fetch with her dog. She plays fetch with her dog once a day. About how many calories will Marissa burn playing fetch with her dog in 28 days?
Options:
a. 4,000
b. 2,700
c. 2,000
d. 270

Answer:
b. 2,700

Explanation:
From the given data,
Marissa burned calories each time when she plays fetch with her dog= 93 calories
Then, Marissa burned calories in 28 days while playing fetch with her dog = 28 x 93
Round to the nearest tens
28 x 93
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
30 x 90
Then, estimated burned calories in 28 days by Marissa = 2700 calories

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Use the model to find 3 × 126.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Common Core img 2
Options:
a. 368
b. 378
c. 468
d. 478

Answer:
b. 378

Explanation:
From the above Figure,
3 x 126 = 3 x 100 + 3 x 20 + 3 x 6
= 300 + 60 + 18
= 378
3 x 126 = 378

Question 4.
A store sells a certain brand of jeans for $38. One day, the store sold 6 pairs of jeans of that brand. How much money did the store make from selling the 6 pairs of jeans?
Options:
a. $188
b. $228
c. $248
d. $288

Answer:
b. $228

Explanation:
As per the given data,
A store sells a certain brand of jeans for rupees = $38
One day, the store sold 6 pairs of jeans of that brand = 6 x $38
6 x $38 = $228
The total amount of 6 pairs of jeans = $228

Question 5.
The Gateway Arch in St. Louis, Missouri, weighs about 20,000 tons. Which amount could be the exact number of tons the Arch weighs?
Options:
a. 31,093 tons
b. 25,812 tons
c. 17,246 tons
d. 14,096 tons

Answer:
c. 17,246 tons

Explanation:
From the given data,
The Gateway Arch in St.Louis, Missouri weight = about 20,000 tons
From the available options, 17,246 tons is closer to 20,000 tons
Then, the exact number of tons the Arch weighs = 17,246 tons

Question 6.
Which is another name for 23 ten thousands?
Options:
a. 23,000,000
b. 2,300,000
c. 230,000
d. 23,000

Answer:
c. 230,000

Explanation:
As per the data,
Another name for 23 ten thousands = 23 x 10,000
= 230,000
Another name for 23 ten thousand = 2,30,000

Page No. 159

Find the product.

Question 1.
16 × 19
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 3
16 × 19 = _____

Answer:
304

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 3
16 x 19 = 304

Question 2.
18 × 26
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 4
18 × 26 = _____

Answer:
468

Explanation:
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 1. jpg
200 + 160 + 60 + 48 = 468

Question 3.
27 × 39
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 5
27 × 39 = ______

Answer:
1,053

Explanation:
Chapter 3 - Common core - image 2
600 + 210 + 180 +63 = 1053

Draw a model to represent the product.
Then record the product.

Question 4.
14 × 16 = ______

Answer:
224

Explanation:
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 3
100 + 40 + 60 + 24 = 224

Question 5.
23 × 25 = ______

Answer:
575

Explanation:
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 4
400 + 60 + 100 + 15 = 575

Question 6.
Explain how modeling partial products can be used to find the products of greater numbers.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
You can use mental math to find the partial products and then find the sum of the partial products.

Explanation:

Question 7.
Emma bought 16 packages of rolls for a party. There were 12 rolls in a package. After the party there were 8 rolls left over. How many rolls were eaten? Explain.
______ rolls

Answer:
184 rolls were eaten

Explanation:
From the given data,
Emma bought 16 packages of rolls for a party
There were 12 rolls in a package
Then, total rolls = 16 x 12 = 192
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 5
100 + 60 + 20 + 12 =192
After the party there were 8 rolls left over
Then, total eaten rolls are = 192 – 8 = 184

Page No. 160

Question 8.
Jamal and Kim used different ways to solve 12 × 15 by using partial products. Whose answer makes sense? Whose answer is nonsense? Explain your reasoning.
Jamal’s Work
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 6
100 + 20 + 10 = 130

Kim’s Work
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 7
120 + 60 = 180
a. For the answer that is nonsense, write an answer that makes sense.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
a. Jamal’s work makes nonsense.
100 + 20 + 50 + 10 = 180 it makes sense

Question 8.
b. Look at Kim’s method. Can you think of another way Kim could use the model to find the product? Explain.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 8
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Other method: 12 x 15
10 x 12 = 120
5 x 12 = 60
120 + 60 = 180.

Explanation:
Kim follows another method to find 12 x 15
That is, 100 + 50 = 150
20 + 10 = 30
Then, 150 + 30 =180
12 x 15 = 180

Question 9.
Look at the model in 8b. How would the partial products change if the product was 22 × 15? Explain why you think the products changed.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
330

Explanation:
Following the 8b method
22 x 15 =330
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 6
200 + 100 = 300
20 + 10 = 30
Now, 300 + 30 = 330
Finally, 22 x 15 = 330
The factor of 15 is increased in present problem. So, the product also increases for 15 x 22.

Common Core – Page No. 161

Area Models and Partial Products

Draw a model to represent the product.
Then record the product.

Question 1.
13 × 42
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Common Core img 9

Answer:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Common Core img 9

Question 2.
18 × 34 = ______

Answer:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 1. jpg
300 + 40 + 240 + 32 = 612

Question 3.
22 × 26 = ______

Answer:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 2. jpg
400 + 120 + 40 + 12 = 572

Question 4.
1 5 × 33 = ______

Answer:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 3. jpg
300 + 30 + 150 + 15 = 495

Question 5.
23 × 29 = ______

Answer:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 4. jpg
400 + 180 + 60 + 27 = 667

Question 6.
19 × 36 = ______

Answer:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 5. jpg
300 + 60 + 270 + 54 = 684

Problem Solving

Question 7.
Sebastian made the following model to find the product 17 × 24.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Common Core img 10
Is his model correct? Explain.
a. yes
b. no

Answer:
b. no

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 6. jpg
200 + 40 + 140 + 28 = 408

Question 8.
Each student in Ms. Sike’s kindergarten class has a box of crayons. Each box has 36 crayons. If there are 18 students in Ms. Sike’s class, how many crayons are
there in all?
______ crayons

Answer:
648 crayons

Explanation:
From the given information,
Each student in Ms.Sike’s kindergarten class has a box of crayons
Crayons in each box = 36 Crayons
Number of students in Mr.Sike’s class = 18 students
Total crayons = 18 x 36
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 7. jpg
300 + 60 + 240 + 48 = 648

Common Core – Page No. 162

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Which product does the model below represent?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Common Core img 11
Options:
a. 161
b. 230
c. 340
d. 391

Answer:
d. 391

Explanation:
200 + 30 + 140 + 21 = 391
17 x 23 = 391

Question 2.
Which product does the model below represent?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 12 img 12
Options:
a. 219
b. 225
c. 244
d. 275

Answer:
b. 225

Explanation:
130 + 20 + 65 + 10 = 225
15 x 15 = 225

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Mariah builds a tabletop using square tiles. There are 12 rows of tiles and 30 tiles in each row. How many tiles in all does Mariah use?
Options:
a. 100
b. 180
c. 360
d. 420

Answer:
c. 360

Explanation:
From the given data,
Mariah builds a tabletop using square tiles
Square contains 12 rows of tiles and 30 tiles in each row = 12 x 30
12 x 30 = 360 tiles
Total tiles used by Mariah = 360 tiles

Question 4.
Trevor bakes 8 batches of biscuits, with 14 biscuits in each batch. He sets aside 4 biscuits from each batch for a bake sale and puts the rest in a jar. How many biscuits does Trevor put in the jar?
Options:
a. 112
b. 80
c. 50
d. 32

Answer:
b. 80

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Number of biscuits baked by Trevor = 8 batches
Number of biscuits in each batch = 14 biscuits
So, total biscuits = 14 x 8 = 112
Trevor sets aside 4 biscuits from each batch for a bake = 8*4 = 32 biscuits are aside for a bake
Trevor kept rest of biscuits in a jar = 112 – 32 = 80
So, 80 biscuits are put in the jar by the Trevor

Question 5.
Li feeds her dog 3 cups of food each day. About how many cups of food does her dog eat in 28 days?
Options:
a. 60 cups
b. 70 cups
c. 80 cups
d. 90 cups

Answer:
c. 80 cups

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Li feeds her dog per day = 3 cups of food
Then, Li feeds her dog for 28 days = 3 x 28
= 84 cups of food
So, Li feeds her dog with 84 cups of food in 28 days

Question 6.
Which symbol makes the number sentence true?
4 ■ 0 = 0
Options:
a. +
b. –
c. ×
d. ÷

Answer:
c. ×

Explanation:
4 x 0 = 0

Page No. 165

Question 1.
Find 24 × 34.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 13
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 14
_____

Answer:
816

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 13
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 9. jpg

Question 2.
1 2
× 1 2
——–
_____

Answer:
144

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 10. jpg
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 11. jpg

Question 3.
3 1
× 2 4
——-
_____

Answer:
744

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 12. jpg
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 13. jpg

Question 4.
2 5
× 4 3
——-
_____

Answer:
1,075

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 14. jpg
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 15. jpg

Question 5.
3 7
× 2 4
——-
_____

Answer:
888

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 16. jpg
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 17. jpg

Question 6.
5 4
× 1 5
——-
_____

Answer:
810

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 18. jpg
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 19. jpg

Question 7.
8 7
× 1 6
——-
_____

Answer:
1,392

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 20. jpg
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 21. jpg

Question 8.
6 2
× 5 6
——-
_____

Answer:
3,472

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 22. jpg
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 23. jpg

Question 9.
4 9
× 6 3
——-
_____

Answer:
3,087

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 24. jpg
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 25. jpg

Practice: Copy and Solve Record the product.

Question 10.
38 × 47
_____

Answer:
1,786

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 26. jpg
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 27. jpg

Question 11.
46 × 27
_____

Answer:
1,242

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 28. jpg
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 29. jpg

Question 12.
72 × 53
_____

Answer:
3,816

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 30. jpg
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 31. jpg

Question 13.
98 × 69
_____

Answer:
6,762

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 32. jpg
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 33. jpg

Question 14.
53 × 68
_____

Answer:
3,604

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 34. jpg
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 35. jpg

Question 15.
76 × 84
_____

Answer:
6,384

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 36. jpg
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 37. jpg

Question 16.
92 × 48
_____

Answer:
4,416

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 38. jpg
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 39. jpg

Question 17.
37 × 79
_____

Answer:
2,923

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 40. jpg
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 41. jpg

Reason Abstractly Algebra Find the unknown digits. Complete the problem.

Question 18.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 15
Type below:
___________

Answer:
1,824

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 42. jpg

Question 19.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 16
Type below:
___________

Answer:
7,954

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 43. jpg

Question 20.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 17
Type below:
___________

Answer:
1,908

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 44. jpg

Question 21.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 18
Type below:
___________

Answer:
952

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 45. jpg

Page No. 166

Use the picture graph for 22–24.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 19

Question 22.
Use Graphs A fruit-packing warehouse is shipping 15 boxes of grapefruit to a store in Santa Rosa, California. What is the total weight of the shipment?
______ pounds

Answer:
1275 pounds

Explanation:
From the given data,
A fruit packing warehouse is shipping 15 boxes of grapefruit to store in Santa Rose, California
Grapefruit weight per box = 85 pounds
Total weight of the shipment = 85 x 15
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 46. jpg
So, the total weight of the shipment = 1275 pounds

Question 23.
How much less do 13 boxes of tangelos weigh than 18 boxes of tangerines?
______ pounds

Answer:
450 pounds

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Tangelos weight per box = 90 pounds
Then, the weight of the 13 boxes of tangelos = 90 x 13
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 47. jpg
And, the weight of the 18 boxes of tangelos = 90 x 18
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 48. jpg
1620 – 1170 = 450
So, 13 boxes of tangelos weight are 450 pounds less than 18 boxes of tangelos weight

Question 24.
What is the weight of 12 boxes of oranges?
______ pounds

Answer:
1,080 pounds

Explanation:
The weight of the oranges per box = 90 pounds
then, weight of 12 boxes oranges = 90 x 12
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 49. jpg
So, weight of 12 boxes oranges = 1,080 pounds

Question 25.
Each person in the United States eats about 65 fresh apples each year. Based on this estimate, how many apples do 3 families of 4 eat each year?
______ apples

Answer:
780 apples

Explanation:
From the given data,
Each person in the united states eats fresh apples per year = 65
3 families of 4 persons = 3 x 4 = 12 persons
Then, the number of apples eat by 12 persons = 65 x 12
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 50. jpg
So, the total number of apples eat by 12 persons per year = 780

Question 26.
The product 26 × 93 is greater than 25 × 93. How much greater? Explain how you know without multiplying.
______

Answer:
The difference is 93
26 x 93 is one more group of 93 than 25 x 93

Question 27.
Margot wants to use partial products to find 22 × 17. Write the numbers in the boxes to show 22 × 17.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 20
Type below:
__________

Answer:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 51. jpg

Explanation:
22 x 17
(20 + 2) x 17
20 x 17 + 2 x 17
20 x (10 + 7) + 2 x (10 + 7)
(20 x 10) + (20 x 7) + (2 x 10) + (2 x 7)
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 51. jpg

Common Core – Page No. 167

Multiply Using Partial Products

Record the product.

Question 1.
2 3
× 7 9
———
1, 4 0 0
2 1 0
1 8 0
+ 2 7
——–
1, 8 1 7

Answer:
1, 8 1 7

Explanation:
2 3
× 7 9
———
1, 4 0 0
2 1 0
1 8 0
+ 2 7
——–
1, 8 1 7

Question 2.
5 6
× 3 2
——-
_______

Answer:
1,792

Explanation:
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 7

Question 3.
8 7
× 6 4
——-
_______

Answer:
5,568

Explanation:
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 8

Question 4.
3 3
× 2 5
——-
_______

Answer:
825

Explanation:
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 9

Question 5.
9 4
× 1 2
——-
_______

Answer:
1,128

Explanation:
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 10

Question 6.
5 1
× 7 7
——-
_______

Answer:
3,927

Explanation:
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 11

Question 7.
6 9
× 4 9
——-
_______

Answer:
3,381

Explanation:
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 12

Question 8.
8 6
× 8 4
——-
_______

Answer:
7,224

Explanation:
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 13

Question 9.
9 8
× 4 2
——-
_______

Answer:
4,116

Explanation:
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 14

Question 10.
7 3
× 3 7
——-
_______

Answer:
2,701

Explanation:
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 15

Question 11.
8 5
× 5 1
——-
_______

Answer:
4,335

Explanation:
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 16

Problem Solving

Question 12.
Evelyn drinks 8 glasses of water a day, which is 56 glasses of water a week. How many glasses of water does she drink in a year? (1 year = 52 weeks)
_______ glasses

Answer:
2,912 glasses

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Evelyn drinks 8 glasses of water a day
Evelyn drinks water per week = 56 glasses
Then, the number of glasses per 52 weeks = 52 x 56
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 17
Total number of glasses of water drink by Evelyn per year = 2912 glasses of water

Question 13.
Joe wants to use the Hiking Club’s funds to purchase new walking sticks for each of its 19 members. The sticks cost $26 each. The club has $480. Is this enough money to buy each member a new walking stick? If not, how much more money is needed?
Is the money enough? _______
How much more is needed? _______

Answer:
This amount is not enough to buy walking sticks
Still, $14 amount is needed to buy walking sticks

Explanation:
From the given data,
Joe wants to use the Hiking club funds to purchase new walking sticks for each of its 19 members
Cost per each stick = $26
Total walking sticks cost per 19 members = $26 x 19
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 18
Total cost for walking sticks for 19 members = $494
The club has = $480
This amount is not enough to buy walking sticks
Still, $14 amount is needed to buy walking sticks

Common Core – Page No. 168

Lesson Check

Question 1.
A carnival snack booth made $76 selling popcorn in one day. It made 22 times as much selling cotton candy. How much money did the snack booth make selling
cotton candy?
Options:
a. $284
b. $304
c. $1,562
d. $1,672

Answer:
d. $1,672

Explanation:
As per the given data,
A carnival snack booth made popcorn in one day = $76
It made 22 times as much selling cotton candy
Then, total selling cotton candy made by snack booth = $76 x 22
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 19
So, $1672 money snack booth will get for selling cotton candy

Question 2.
What are the partial products of
42 × 28?
Options:
a. 800, 80, 40, 16
b. 800, 16
c. 800, 40, 320, 16
d. 80, 16

Answer:
c. 800, 40, 320, 16

Explanation:
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 20
So, partial products of 42 x 28 are 800, 40, 320, 16

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Last year, the city library collected 117 used books for its shelves. This year, it collected 3 times as many books. How many books did it collect this year?
Options:
a. 832
b. 428
c. 351
d. 72

Answer:
c. 351

Explanation:
From the given data,
Last year, the number of used books collected by city library by its shelves = 117 books
This year, it collected 3 times as many books = 3 x 117 =351 books
Total number of books collected by the city library for this year = 351 books

Question 4.
Washington Elementary has 232 students. Washington High has 6 times as many students. How many students does Washington High have?
Options:
a. 1,392
b. 1,382
c. 1,292
d. 1,281

Answer:
a. 1,392

Explanation:
As per the given data,
The number of students in Washington elementary = 232 students
Washington High has 6 times as many students = 6 x 232 = 1392
Total number of students in Washington High = 1392 students

Question 5.
What are the partial products of 35 × 7?
Options:
a. 10, 12
b. 21, 35
c. 210, 35
d. 350, 21

Answer:
c. 210, 35

Explanation:
Partial products of 35 x 7 are 210, 35

Question 6.
Shelby has ten $5 bills and thirteen $10 bills. How much money does Shelby have in all?
Options:
a. $15
b. $60
c. $63
d. $180

Answer:
d. $180

Explanation:
From the given data,
Shelby has ten $5 bills and thirteen $10 bills = (10 x $5) + (13 x $10)
= ($50) + ($130)
=$180
Total money with Shelby = $180

Page No. 169

Question 1.
Explain how to find 40 × 50 using mental math.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
200

Explanation:
40 x 50
By using mental math
4 x 5 = 20
40 x 50 = 200

Question 2.
What is the first step in estimating 56 × 27?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
18 centimeters

Explanation:
Round to the nearest values.
So, the first step of the estimated 56 x 27 is rounding to the nearest values that is 60 x 30

Choose a method. Then find the product.

Question 3.
35 × 10 = _____

Answer:
350

Explanation:
By using the place value method
You can take 10 as 1 ten
35 x 10 = 35 x 1 ten
= 35 ten
35 x 10 = 350

Question 4.
19 × 20 = _____

Answer:
380

Explanation:
19 x 20
By using the associative property
You can think of 20 as (2 x 10)
19 x 20 = 19 x (2 x 10)
= (19 x 2) x 10
= 38 x 10
19 x 20 = 380

Question 5.
12 × 80 = _____

Answer:
960

Explanation:
Use the halving and doubling strategy
half of the 80 to make the problem simpler
80/ 2 = 40
Multiply 40 with 12
40*12 = 480
Double the 480
2*480= 960
12*80 = 960

Question 6.
70 × 50 = _____

Answer:
3,500

Explanation:
70 x 50
By using the place value method
You can take 50 as 5 tens
70 x 50 = 70 x 5 tens
= 350 tens
70 x 50 = 3,500

Question 7.
58 × 40 = _____

Answer:
2,320

Explanation:
By using the associative property
You can think of 40 as (4 x 10)
58 x 40 = 58 x (4 x 10)
= (58 x 4) x 10
= 232 x 10
58 x 40 = 2,320

Question 8.
30 × 40 = _____

Answer:
1,200

Explanation:
Use the halving and doubling strategy
half of the 40 to make the problem simpler
40/ 2 = 20
Multiply 20 with 30
20*30 = 600
Double the 600
2*600= 1200
30*40 = 1,200

Question 9.
14 × 60 = _____

Answer:
840

Explanation:
By using the place value method
You can take 60 as 6 tens
14 x 60 = 14 x 6 tens
= 84 tens
14 x 60 = 840

Question 10.
20 × 30 = _____

Answer:
600

Explanation:
By using the associative property
You can think of 30 as (3 x 10)
20 x 30 = 20 x (3 x 10)
= (20 x 3) x 10
= 60 x 10
20 x 30 = 600

Question 11.
16 × 90 = _____

Answer:
1,440

Explanation:
Use the halving and doubling strategy
half of the 90 to make the problem simpler
90/ 2 = 45
Multiply 45 with 16
16*45 = 720
Double the 720
2*720= 1440
16*90 = 1,440

Estimate the product. Choose a method.

Question 12.
81 × 38
Estimate: _____

Answer:
3,200

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
81 is close to 80; 38 is close to 40;
80 x 40 = 3,200

Question 13.
16 × $59
Estimate: $ _____

Answer:
$120

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
16 is close to 20; $59 is close to $60;
Use the mental math to find the product of 20 x $60
2 x $6 = $12
20 x $60 = $120
Estimated product of 16 x $59 = $120

Question 14.
43 × 25
Estimate: _____

Answer:
1,000

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
43 is close to 40; 25 is close to 25;
40 x 25 = 1000
Estimated product of 43 x 25 = 1,000

Question 15.
76 × 45
Estimate: _____

Answer:
3,200

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
76 is close to 80; 45 is close to 40;
Use the mental math
8 x 4 = 32
80 x 40 = 3200
So, the estimated product of 76 x 45 = 3,200

Question 16.
65 × $79
Estimate: _____

Answer:
$4,800

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
65 is close to 60; $79 is close to $80;
Use the mental math
6 x $8 = $48
60 x $80 = $4800
So, estimated product of 65 x $79 = $4,800

Question 17.
92 × 38
Estimate: _____

Answer:
3,600

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
92 is close to 90; 38 is close to 40;
Use the mental math, then
9 x 4 = 36
90 x 40 = 3,600
So, estimated product of 92 x 38 = 3,600

Question 18.
37 × 31
Estimate: _____

Answer:
1,200

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
37 is close to 40; 31 is close to 30;
Use the mental math, then
4 x 3 = 12
40 x 30 = 1,200
So, estimated product of 37 x 31 = 1,200

Question 19.
26 × $59
Estimate: _____

Answer:
$1,800

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
26 is close to 30; $59 is close to $60;
Use the mental math, then
3 x $6 = $18
30 x $60 = $1,800
So, estimated product of 26 x $59 = $1,800

Question 20.
54 × 26
Estimate: _____

Answer:
18 centimeters

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
54 is close to 50; 26 is close to 30;
Use the mental math
5 x 3 = 15
50 x 30 = 1,500
So, estimated product of 54 x 26 = 1,500

Question 21.
52 × 87
Estimate: _____

Answer:
4,500

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
52 is close to 50; 87 is close to 90;
Use the mental math
5 x 9 = 45
50 x 90 = 4500
So, estimated product of 52 x 87 = 4,500

Question 22.
39 × 27
Estimate: _____

Answer:
18 centimeters

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
39 is close to 40; 27 is close to 30;
Use the mental math
4 x 3 = 12
40 x 30 = 1,200
So, estimated product of 39 x 27 = 1,200

Question 23.
63 × 58
Estimate: _____

Answer:
3,600

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
63 is close to 60; 58 is close to 60;
Use the mental math
6 x 6 = 36
60 x 60 = 3,600
So, estimated product of 63 x 58 = 3,600

Page No. 170

Question 24.
Ms. Traynor’s class is taking a field trip to the zoo. The trip will cost $26 for each student. There are 22 students in her class. What is a good estimate for the cost of the students’ field trip?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
18 centimeters

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Ms. Traynor’s class is taking a field trip to the zoo
Cost of the trip for each student = $26
Total number of students in her class = 22
The total cost of the trip for students = $26 x 22
Round to the nearest tens.
26 is close to 30; 22 is close to 20;
Use the mental math
$3 x 2 = $6
$30 x 20 = $600
Then, the total estimated cost for the trip for students = $600

Question 25.
Tito wrote the following on the board. What is the unknown number?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 21
______

Answer:
400

Explanation:
An unknown number is 50 x 8 = 400

Question 26.
What are the partial products that result from multiplying 15 × 32?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Partial products are 300, 150, 20, 10

Explanation:
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 36
Partial products are 300, 150, 20, 10

Question 27.
A city bus company sold 39 one-way tickets and 20 round-trip tickets from West Elmwood to East Elmwood. One-way tickets cost $14. Round trip tickets cost $25. How much money did the bus company collect?
$ ______

Answer:
$1,046

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Number of one – way tickets sold by the city bus company = 39
Round trip tickets from west Elmwood to east Elmwood = 20
Cost of one – way tickets = $14
Then, cost of 39 one – way tickets = 39 x $14 =$546
Cost of round trip tickets = $25
Then, cost of 20 round trip tickets = $25 x 20 = $500
Total money collected by the city bus company = $546 + $500 = $1,046

Page No. 173

Question 1.
Look at the problem. Complete the sentences.
Multiply ____ and ____ to get 0.
Multiply ____ and ____ to get 1,620.
Add the partial products.
0 + 1,620 = ____
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 22
_____

Answer:
Multiply 27 and 0 to get 0.
Multiply 27 and 6 to get 1,620.
Add the partial products. 0 + 1,620 = 1,620.

Estimate. Then find the product.

Question 2.
6 8
× 5 3
——-
Estimate: _________
Product: __________

Answer:
Estimate: 3,500
Product: 3,604

Explanation:
68 is closer to 70 and 53 is closer to 50
Estimate: 70 x 50 = 3,500
60 x 53 = 3180
8 x 53 = 424
3180 + 424 = 3604
Product 3,604

Question 3.
6 1
× 5 4
——-
Estimate: _________
Product: __________

Answer:
Estimate: 3,000
Product: 3,294

Explanation:
61 is closer to 60 and 54 is closer to 50
Estimate: 60 x 50 = 3,000
60 x 54 = 3240
1 x 54 = 54
3240 + 54 = 3294
Product 3,294

Question 4.
9 0
× 2 7
——-
Estimate: _________
Product: __________

Answer:
Estimate: 2,700
Product: 2,430

Explanation:
27 is closer to 30
Estimate: 90 x 30 = 2,700
90 x 27 = 2430
Product 2,430

Question 5.
3 0
× 4 7
——-
Estimate: _________
Product: __________

Answer:
Estimate: 1,500
Product: 1,410

Explanation:
47 is closer to 50
Estimate: 30 x 50 = 1,500
30 x 47 = 1410
Product 1,410

Question 6.
7 8
× 5 6
——-
Estimate: _________
Product: __________

Answer:
Estimate: 4,800
Product: 4,368

Explanation:
78 is closer to 80 and 56 is closer to 60
Estimate: 80 x 60 = 4,800
70 x 56 = 3920
8 x 56 = 448
3920 + 448 = 4368
Product 4,368

Question 7.
2 7
× 2 5
——-
Estimate: _________
Product: __________

Answer:
Estimate: 600
Product: 675

Explanation:
27 is closer to 30 and 25 is closer to 20
Estimate: 30 x 20 = 600
20 x 25 = 500
7 x 25 = 175
500 + 175 = 675
Product 675

Practice: Copy and Solve Estimate. Then find the product.

Question 8.
34 × 65
Estimate: _________
Product: __________

Answer:
Estimate: 1,800
Product: 2,210

Explanation:
34 is closer to 30 and 65 is closer to 60
Estimate: 30 x 60 = 1,800
30 x 65 = 1950
4 x 65 = 260
1950 + 260 = 2210
Product 2,210

Question 9.
42 × $13
Estimate: $ _________
Product: $ _________

Answer:
Estimate: $400
Product: $546

Explanation:
42 is closer to 40 and 13 is closer to 10
Estimate: 40 x 10 = 400
40 x $13 = $520
2 x $13= $26
$520 + $26 = $546
Product $546

Question 10.
60 × 17
Estimate: _________
Product: __________

Answer:
Estimate: 1,200
Product: 1,020

Explanation:
17 is closer to 20
Estimate: 60 x 20 = 1,200
60 x 17 = 1020
Product = 1,020

Question 11.
62 × 45
Estimate: _________
Product: __________

Answer:
Estimate: 2,400
Product: 2,790

Explanation:
62 is closer to 60 and 45 is closer to 40
Estimate: 60 x 40 = 2,400
60 x 45 = 2700
2 x 45= 90
2700 + 90 = 2790
Product 2,790

Question 12.
57 × $98
Estimate: $ _________
Product: $ _________

Answer:
Estimate: 6,000
Product: 5,586

Explanation:
57 is closer to 60 and 98 is closer to 100
Estimate: 60 x 100 = 6,000
50 x 98 = 4900
7 x 98= 686
4900 + 686 = 5586
Product 5,586

Look for a Pattern Algebra Write a rule for the pattern.
Use your rule to find the unknown numbers.

Question 13.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 23
Rule _____________
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 37

Explanation:
1 hour = 60 min
Then, 5hr = 5 x 60 = 300 min
10hr = 10 x 60 = 600 min
15hr = 15 x 60 = 900 min
20hr = 20 x 60 = 1200 min
25hr = 25 x 60 = 1500 min

Question 14.
Owners of a summer camp are buying new cots for their cabins. There are 16 cabins. Each cabin needs 6 cots. Each cot costs $92. How much will the new cots cost?
$ _______

Answer:
$8,832

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Owners pf a summer camp are buying new cots for their cabins
Number of cabins = 16
Each cabin needs 6 cots
Then, total cots = 16 x 6 = 96
Each cot cost = $92
Then, cost for total cots = $92 x 96
92 is closer to 90 and 96 is closer to 100
Estimate = 90 x 100 = 9,000
90 x 96 = 8640
2 x 96 = 192
8640 + 192 = 8832
Product = 8,832

Question 15.
A theater has 28 rows of 38 seats downstairs and 14 rows of 26 seats upstairs. How many seats does the theater have?
______ seats

Answer:
1,428 seats

Explanation:
As per the given data,
A theatre has 28 rows of 38 seats downstairs = 28 x 38 = 1064
14 rows of 26 seats upstairs = 14 x 26 = 364
Total number of seats = 1064 + 364 = 1,428 seats

Page No. 174

Question 16.
Machine A can label 11 bottles in 1 minute. Machine B can label 12 bottles in 1 minute. How many bottles can both machines label in 15 minutes?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 24
a. What do you need to know?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
number of bottles labeled by Machine A and Machine B in 15 minutes

Question 16.
b. What numbers will you use?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
15x 11 and 15 x 12

Question 16.
c. Tell why you might use more than one operation to solve the problem.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
To find out the total number of bottle made by both machines A & B

Question 16.
d. Solve the problem.
So, both machines can label ____ bottles in ____ minutes.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Machine A can label 11 bottles in 1 minute
Then, the number of bottles labeled by machine A in 15 minutes = 15 x 11 = 165
Machine B can label 12 bottles in 1 minute
Then, number of bottles labelled by Machine B in 15 minutes = 15 x 12 = 180
Total bottles labelled by both the machines in 15 minutes = 165 + 180 = 345

Question 17.
Make Sense of Problems
A toy company makes wooden blocks. A carton holds 85 blocks. How many blocks can 19 cartons hold?
______ blocks

Answer:
1,615 blocks

Explanation:
From the given data,
A toy company makes wooden blocks
A carton holds 85 blocks
Then, number of blocks hold by 19 cartons = 19 x 85 = 1615
Total number of blocks held by 19 cartons = 1,615

Question 18.
A company is packing cartons of candles. Each carton can hold 75 candles. So far, 50 cartons have been packed, but only 30 cartons have been loaded on a truck. How many more candles are left to load on the truck?
______ candles

Answer:
1,500 candles

Explanation:
As per the given data,
A company is packing cartons of candles
Each carton can hold 75 candles
Then, number of candles hold by 50 cartons = 50 x 75 = 3750
Number of candles hold by 30 cartons = 30 x 75 = 2250
50 cartons have been packed, but only 30 cartons have been loaded on a truck
Remaining candles are left to load on truck = 3750 – 2250 = 1,500

Question 19.
Mr. Garcia’s class raised money for a field trip to the zoo. There are 23 students in his class. The cost of the trip will be $17 for each student. What is the cost for all the students? Explain how you found your answer.
$ ______

Answer:
$391

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Mr. Garcia’s class raised money for a field trip to the zoo
Total number of students in his class = 23 students
Cost of the trip for each student = $17
Then, total cost for all the students = $17 x 23 = $391

Common Core – Page No. 175

Multiply with Regrouping
Estimate. Then find the product.

Question 1.
Estimate: 2,700
Think: 87 is close to 90 and 32 is close to 30.
90 × 30 = 2,700
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Common Core img 25

Answer:
2,784

Explanation:
Think: 87 is close to 90 and 32 is close to 30.
90 × 30 = 2,700
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Common Core img 25

Question 2.
7 3
× 2 8
——–
Estimate: ______
Product: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 2,100
Product: 2,044

Explanation:
Estimate: 73 is close to 70; 28 is close to 30.
So, 70 x 30 = 2,100.
Product: Write 73 as 7 tens and 3 ones. Multiply 28 by 3 ones.
2
28
x 73
——–
84 <– 3 x 28
Multiply 28 by 7 tens
5
28
x 73
——–
1960 <– 70 x 28
Add the partial products.
84 + 1960 = 2,044.
So, 73 x 28 = 2,044.

Question 3.
4 8
× 3 8
——–
Estimate: ______
Product: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 2,000
Product: 1,824

Explanation:
48 is close to 50 and 38 is close to 40.
Estimate: 50 × 40 = 2,000
40 x 38 = 1520
8 x 38 = 304
1520 + 304 = 1824.
Product: 1,824

Question 4.
5 9
× 5 2
——–
Estimate: ______
Product: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 3,000
Product: 3,068

Explanation:
59 is close to 60 and 52 is close to 50.
Estimate: 60 × 50 = 3,000
50 x 52 = 2600
9 x 52 = 468
2600 + 468 = 3068.
Product: 3,068.

Question 5.
8 4
× 4 0
——–
Estimate: ______
Product: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 3,200
Product: 3,360

Explanation:
84 is close to 80 and 40 is close to 40.
Estimate: 80 × 40 = 3,200
80 x 40 = 3,200
4 x 40 = 160
3200 + 160 = 3,360.
Product: 3,360.

Question 6.
8 3
× 7 7
——–
Estimate: ______
Product: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 6,400
Product: 6,391

Explanation:
83 is close to 80 and 77 is close to 80.
Estimate: 80 × 80 = 6,400
80 x 77 = 6,160
3 x 77 = 231
6,160 + 231 = 6,391.
Product: 6,391.

Question 7.
9 1
× 1 9
——–
Estimate: ______
Product: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 1,800
Product: 1,729

Explanation:
91 is close to 90 and 19 is close to 20.
Estimate: 90 × 20 = 1,800
90 x 19 = 1,710
1 x 19 = 19
1,710+ 19 = 1,729.
Product: 1,729.

Problem Solving

Question 8.
Baseballs come in cartons of 84 baseballs. A team orders 18 cartons of baseballs. How many baseballs does the team order?
_______ baseballs

Answer:
1,512 baseballs

Explanation:
To find total baseballs, 84 x 18
80 x 18 = 1,440
4 x 18 = 72
84 x 18 = 1,512

Question 9.
There are 16 tables in the school lunch room. Each table can seat 22 students. How many students can be seated at lunch at one time?
_______ students

Answer:
352 students

Explanation:
Total Students = 16 x 22
10 x 22 = 220
6 x 22 = 132
220 + 132 = 352.
352 students can be seated at lunch at one time

Common Core – Page No. 176

Lesson Check

Question 1.
The art teacher has 48 boxes of crayons. There are 64 crayons in each box. Which is the best estimate of the number of crayons the art teacher has?
Options:
a. 2,400
b. 2,800
c. 3,000
d. 3,500

Answer:
c. 3,000

Explanation:
1. Total number of crayons = 48 x 64
48 is close to 50; 64 is close to 60
50 x 60 = 3,000.
The art teacher has about to 3, 000 crayons.

Question 2.
A basketball team scored an average of 52 points in each of 15 games. How many points did the team score in all?
Options:
a. 500
b. 312
c. 780
d. 1,000

Answer:
c. 780

Explanation:
Total Points = 52 x 15
50 x 15 = 750
2 x 15 = 30
750 + 30 = 780.
The basketball team scored 780 points in total.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
One Saturday, an orchard sold 83 bags of apples. There are 27 apples in each bag. Which expression represents the total number of apples sold?
Options:
a. 16 + 6 + 56 + 21
b. 160 + 60 + 56 + 21
c. 160 + 60 + 560 + 21
d. 1,600 + 60 + 560 + 21

Answer:
d. 1,600 + 60 + 560 + 21

Explanation:
Total number of apples sold = 83 x 27
80 x 27 = 2,160
3 x 27 = 81
2,160 + 81 = 2,241.
The total number of apples sold = 2,241.
16 + 6 + 56 + 21 = 99 not equal to 2,241
160 + 60 + 56 + 21 = 297 not equal to 2,241
160 + 60 + 560 + 21 = 801 not equal to 2,241
1,600 + 60 + 560 + 21 = 2,241 equal to 2,241
1,600 + 60 + 560 + 21 = 2,241 is correct.

Question 4.
Hannah has a grid of squares that has 12 rows with 15 squares in each row. She colors 5 rows of 8 squares in the middle of the grid blue. She colors the rest of
the squares red. How many squares does Hannah color red?
Options:
a. 40
b. 140
c. 180
d. 220

Answer:
b. 140

Explanation:
Hannah has a grid of squares that has 12 rows with 15 squares in each row = 12 x 15 = 180.
The grid of squares in blue = 5 x 8 = 40.
The grid of squares in red = 180 – 40 = 140.

Question 5.
Gabriella has 4 times as many erasers a Leona. Leona has 8 erasers. How many erasers does Gabriella have?
Options:
a. 32
b. 24
c. 12
d. 2

Answer:
a. 32

Explanation:
Gabriella have 4 x 8 = 32 erasers.

Question 6.
Phil has 3 times as many rocks as Peter. Together, they have 48 rocks. How many more rocks does Phil have than Peter?
Options:
a. 36
b. 24
c. 16
d. 12

Answer:
b. 24

Explanation:
Phil has 3 times as many rocks as Peter. Together, they have 48 rocks
If Peter has x rocks, Phil has 3x rocks
3x + x = 48.
4x = 48.
x = 48/4 = 12.
Peter has 12 rocks. Phil has 3 x 12 = 36 rocks.
Phil has 36 – 12 = 24 more rocks than Peter.

Page No. 179

Question 1.
Find the product.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 26
Estimate: ______
Product: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 1,500
Product: 1,566

Explanation:
54 x 29
Estimate: Think 54 is close to 50; 29 is close to 30.
50 x 30 = 1,500
Product:
20 x 5 tens = 100 tens
20 x 4 ones = 80 ones
9 x 5 tens = 45 tens
9 x 4 ones = 36 ones.
Add partial products.
1000 + 80 + 450 + 36 = 1,566.

Estimate. Then choose a method to find the product.

Question 2.
3 6
× 1 4
——-
Estimate: ______
Product: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 400
Product: 504

Explanation:
36 x 14
Estimate: Think 36 is close to 40; 14 is close to 10.
40 x 10 = 400
Product:
10 x 3 tens = 30 tens
10 x 6 ones = 60 ones
4 x 3 tens = 12 tens
4 x 6 ones = 24 ones.
Add partial products.
300 + 60 + 120 + 24 = 504.

Question 3.
6 3
× 4 2
——-
Estimate: ______
Product: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 2,400
Product: 2646

Explanation:
63 x 42
Estimate: Think 63 is close to 60; 42 is close to 40.
60 x 40 = 2400
Product:
40 x 6 tens = 240 tens
40 x 3 ones = 120 ones
2 x 6 tens = 12 tens
2 x 3 ones = 6 ones.
Add partial products.
2400 + 120 + 120 + 6 = 2646.

Question 4.
8 4
× 5 3
——-
Estimate: ______
Product: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 4,000
Product: 4,452

Explanation:
84 x 53
Estimate: Think 84 is close to 80; 53 is close to 50.
80 x 50 = 4,000
Product:
50 x 8 tens = 400 tens
50 x 4 ones = 200 ones
3 x 8 tens = 24 tens
3 x 4 ones = 12 ones.
Add partial products.
4000 + 200 + 240 + 12 = 4,452.

Question 5.
7 1
× 1 3
——-
Estimate: ______
Product: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 700
Product: 923

Explanation:
71 x 13
Estimate: Think 71 is close to 70; 13 is close to 10.
70 x 10 = 700
Product:
10 x 7 tens = 70 tens
10 x 1 ones = 10 ones
3 x 7 tens = 21 tens
3 x 1 ones = 3 ones.
Add partial products.
700 + 10 + 210 + 3 = 923.

Practice: Copy and Solve Estimate. Find the product.

Question 6.
29 × $82
Estimate: $ _______
Product: $ _______

Answer:
Estimate: $2,400
Product: $2,378

Explanation:
29 x $82
Estimate: Think 29 is close to 30; $82 is close to $80.
30 x $80 = $2,400
Product:
$80 x 2 tens = $160 tens
$80 x 9 ones = $720 ones
$2 x 2 tens = $4 tens
$2 x 9 ones = $18 ones.
Add partial products.
$1600 + $720 + $40 + $18 = $2,378.

Question 7.
57 × 79
Estimate: _______
Product: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 4,800
Product: 4,503

Explanation:
57 x 79
Estimate: Think 57 is close to 60; 79 is close to 80.
60 x 80 = 4,800
Product:
70 x 5 tens = 350 tens
70 x 7 ones = 490 ones
9 x 5 tens = 45 tens
9 x 7 ones = 63 ones.
Add partial products.
3500 + 490 + 450 + 63 = 4,503.

Question 8.
80 × 27
Estimate: _______
Product: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 2,400
Product: 2,160

Explanation:
80 x 27
Estimate: Think 27 is close to 30.
30 x 80 = 2,400
Product:
20 x 8 tens = 160 tens
20 x 0 ones = 0 ones
7 x 8 tens = 56 tens
7 x 0 ones = 0 ones.
Add partial products.
1600 + 0 + 560 + 0 = 2,160.

Question 9.
32 × $75
Estimate: $ _______
Product: $ _______

Answer:
Estimate: $2,100
Product: $2,400

Explanation:
32 × $75
Estimate: Think 32 is close to 30; $75 is close to $70.
30 x $70 = $2,100
Product:
$70 x 3 tens = $210 tens
$70 x 2 ones = $140 ones
$5 x 3 tens = $15 tens
$5 x 2 ones = $10 ones.
Add partial products.
$2100 + $140 + $150 + $10 = $2,400.

Question 10.
55 × 48
Estimate: _______
Product: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 2,750
Product: 2,640

Explanation:
55 × 48
Estimate: Think 48 is close to 50.
55 x 50 = 2,750
Product:
40 x 5 tens = 200 tens
40 x 5 ones = 200 ones
8 x 5 tens = 40 tens
8 x 5 ones = 40 ones.
Add partial products.
2000 + 200 + 400 + 40 = 2,640.

Question 11.
19 × $82
Estimate: $ _______
Product: $ _______

Answer:
Estimate: $1,600
Product: $1,558

Explanation:
19 × $82
Estimate: Think 19 is close to 20; $82 is close to $80.
20 x $80 = $1,600
Product:
$80 x 1 tens = $80 tens
$80 x 9 ones = $720 ones
$2 x 1 tens = $2 tens
$2 x 9 ones = $18 ones.
Add partial products.
$800 + $720 + $20 + $18 = $1,558.

Question 12.
25 × $25
Estimate: $ _______
Product: $ _______

Answer:
Estimate: $625
Product: $625

Explanation:
25 × $25
Estimate:
25 x $25 = $625
Product:
$20 x 2 tens = $40 tens
$20 x 5 ones = $100 ones
$5 x 2 tens = $10 tens
$5 x 5 ones = $25 ones.
Add partial products.
$400 + $100 + $100 + $25 = $625.

Question 13.
41 × 98
Estimate: _______
Product: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 4,000
Product: 4,018

Explanation:
41 × 98
Estimate: Think 41 is close to 40; 98 is close to 100.
40 x 100 = 4,000
Product:
90 x 4 tens = 360 tens
90 x 1 ones = 90 ones
8 x 4 tens = 32 tens
8 x 1 ones = 8 ones.
Add partial products.
3600 + 90 + 320 + 8 = 4,018.

Identify Relationships Algebra Use mental math to find the number.

Question 14.
30 × 14 = 420, so
30 × 15 = ______

Answer:
30 × 15 = 450

Explanation:
30 × 15 = 30 + 420
30 × 15 = 450

Question 15.
25 × 12 = 300, so
25 × ______ = 350

Answer:
25 x 14 = 350

Explanation:
25 × 12 = 300
For every next multiplication, the product value is increased by 25.
25 x 13 = 325.
25 x 14 =350.

Question 16.
The town conservation manager bought 16 maple trees for $26 each. She paid with five $100 bills. How much change will the manager receive? Explain.
$ ______

Answer:
$84

Explanation:
The town conservation manager bought 16 maple trees for $26 each = 16 x $26 = $416.
She paid with five $100 bills = 5 x $100 = $500.
The manager receive = $500 – $416 = $84.

Question 17.
Each of 25 students in Group A read for 45 minutes. Each of 21 students in Group B read for 48 minutes. Which group read for more minutes? Explain.
_________

Answer:
Group A read for more minutes than Group B.

Explanation:
Group A read for 25 x 45 = 1125 minutes.
Group B read for 21 x 48 = 1008 minutes.
Group A read for more minutes than Group B.

Page No. 180

Question 18.
Martin collects stamps. He counted 48 pages in his collector’s album. The first 20 pages each have 35 stamps in 5 rows. The rest of the pages each have 54 stamps. How many stamps does Martin have in his album?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 27
a. What do you need to know?
Type below:
_________

Answer:
The total stamps in the first 20 pages + The total stamps in the remaining pages.

Question 18.
b. How will you use multiplication to find the number of stamps?
Type below:
_________

Answer:
The first 20 pages each have 35 stamps in 5 rows.
So, 35 x 5 = 175 stamps.

Question 18.
c. Tell why you might use addition and subtraction to help solve the problem.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
As mentioned that the number of stamps available in the first 20 pages and the number of stamps available in the rest of the pages. We need to add all pages to get 48 pages stamps.

Question 18.
d. Show the steps to solve the problem.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Martin has 48 pages in his collector’s album.
The first 20 pages each have 35 stamps in 5 rows.
So, 35 x 5 = 175 stamps.
The first 20 pages have 175 stamps.
The rest of the pages each have 54 stamps.
So, total stamps = 175 + 54 = 229 stamps.

Question 18.
e. Complete the sentences.
Martin has a total of _____ stamps on the first 20 pages.
There are _____ more pages after the first 20 pages in Martin’s album.
There are _____ stamps on the rest of the pages.
There are _____ stamps in the album.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Martin has a total of __175___ stamps on the first 20 pages.
There are __24___ more pages after the first 20 pages in Martin’s album.
There are __54___ stamps on the rest of the pages.
There are ___229__ stamps in the album.

Question 19.
Select the expressions that have the same product as 35 × 17. Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. (30 × 10) + (30 × 7) + (5 × 10) + (5 × 7)
b. (30 × 17) + (5 × 17)
c. (35 × 30) + (35 × 5) + (35 × 10) + (35 × 7)
d. (35 × 10) + (35 × 7)
e. (35 × 10) + (30 × 10) + (5 × 10) + (5 × 7)
f. (35 × 30) + (35 × 5)

Answer:
a. (30 × 10) + (30 × 7) + (5 × 10) + (5 × 7)
b. (30 × 17) + (5 × 17)
d. (35 × 10) + (35 × 7)

Explanation:
35 × 17
30 x 10 =300
30 x 7 = 210
5 x 10 = 50
5 x 7 = 35
300 + 210 + 50 + 35 = 595.
a. (30 × 10) + (30 × 7) + (5 × 10) + (5 × 7) = 300 + 210 + 50 + 35 = 595 equal to 595.
b. (30 × 17) + (5 × 17) = 510 + 85 = 595 equal to 595.
c. (35 × 30) + (35 × 5) + (35 × 10) + (35 × 7) = 1050 + 175 + 350 + 245 = 1820 not equal to 595.
d. (35 × 10) + (35 × 7) = 350 + 245 = 595 equal to 595
e. (35 × 10) + (30 × 10) + (5 × 10) + (5 × 7) = 350 + 300 + 50 + 35 = 735 not equal to 595.
f. (35 × 30) + (35 × 5) = 1050 + 175 = 1,225 not equal to 595.

Common Core – Page No. 181

Choose a Multiplication Method

Estimate. Then choose a method to find the product.

Question 1.
Estimate: 1,200
3 1
× 4 3
——-
9 3
+ 1, 2 4 0
————
1, 3 3 3

Answer:
Estimate: 1,200
Product: 1, 3 3 3

Explanation:
Estimate: 1,200
3 1
× 4 3
——-
9 3
+ 1, 2 4 0
————
1, 3 3 3

Question 2.
6 7
× 8 5
——-
Estimate: _____
Product: ______

Answer:
Estimate: 6,300
Product: 5,695

Explanation:
Estimate: 67 is close to 70; 85 is close to 90.
70 x 90 = 6,300.
Product: 67 x 85
80 x 6 tens = 480 tens
80 x 7 ones = 560 ones
5 x 6 tens = 30 tens
5 x 7 ones = 35 ones.
Add partial products.
4800 + 560 + 300 + 35 = 5,695.

Question 3.
6 8
× 3 8
——-
Estimate: _____
Product: ______

Answer:
Estimate: 2,800
Product: 2,584

Explanation:
Estimate: 68 is close to 70; 38 is close to 40.
70 x 40 = 2,800.
Product: 68 x 38
30 x 6 tens = 180 tens
30 x 8 ones = 240 ones
8 x 6 tens = 48 tens
8 x 8 ones = 64 ones.
Add partial products.
1800 + 240 + 480 + 64 = 2,584.

Question 4.
9 5
× 1 7
——-
Estimate: _____
Product: ______

Answer:
Estimate: 1,700
Product: 1,615

Explanation:
Estimate: 95 is close to 100.
100 x 17 = 1,700.
Product: 95 x 17
10 x 9 tens = 90 tens
10 x 5 ones = 50 ones
7 x 9 tens = 63 tens
7 x 5 ones = 35 ones.
Add partial products.
900 + 50 + 630 + 35 = 1,615.

Question 5.
4 9
× 5 4
——-
Estimate: _____
Product: ______

Answer:
Estimate: 2,500
Product: 2,646

Explanation:
Estimate: 49 is close to 50; 54 is close to 50.
50 x 50 = 2,500.
Product: 49 x 54
50 x 4 tens = 200 tens
50 x 9 ones = 450 ones
4 x 4 tens = 16 tens
4 x 9 ones = 36 ones.
Add partial products.
2000 + 450 + 160 + 36 = 2,646.

Question 6.
9 1
× 2 6
——-
Estimate: _____
Product: ______

Answer:
Estimate: 2,700
Product: 2,366

Explanation:
Estimate: 91 is close to 90; 26 is close to 30.
90 x 30 = 2,700.
Product: 49 x 54
20 x 9 tens = 180 tens
20 x 1 ones = 20 ones
6 x 9 tens = 54 tens
6 x 1 ones = 6 ones.
Add partial products.
1800 + 20 + 540 + 6 = 2,366.

Question 7.
8 2
× 1 9
——-
Estimate: _____
Product: ______

Answer:
Estimate: 1,600
Product: 1,558

Explanation:
Estimate: 82 is close to 80; 19 is close to 20.
80 x 20 = 1,600.
Product: 82 x 19
10 x 8 tens = 80 tens
10 x 2 ones = 20 ones
9 x 8 tens = 72 tens
9 x 2 ones = 18 ones.
Add partial products.
800 + 20 + 720 + 18 = 1,558.

Question 8.
4 6
× 2 7
——-
Estimate: _____
Product: ______

Answer:
Estimate: 1,500
Product: 1,242

Explanation:
Estimate: 46 is close to 50; 27 is close to 30.
50 x 30 = 1,500.
Product: 46 x 27
20 x 4 tens = 80 tens
20 x 6 ones = 120 ones
7 x 4 tens = 28 tens
7 x 6 ones = 42 ones.
Add partial products.
800 + 120 + 280 + 42 = 1,242.

Question 9.
4 1
× 3 3
——-
Estimate: _____
Product: ______

Answer:
Estimate: 1,200
Product: 1,353

Explanation:
Estimate: 41 is close to 40; 33 is close to 30.
40 x 30 = 1,200.
Product: 41 x 33
30 x 4 tens = 120 tens
30 x 1 ones = 30 ones
3 x 4 tens = 12 tens
3 x 1 ones = 3 ones.
Add partial products.
1200 + 30 + 120 + 3 = 1,353.

Question 10.
9 7
× 1 3
——-
Estimate: _____
Product: ______

Answer:
Estimate: 1,300
Product: 1,261

Explanation:
Estimate: 97 is close to 100.
100 x 13 = 1,300.
Product: 97 x 13
10 x 9 tens = 90 tens
10 x 7 ones = 70 ones
3 x 9 tens = 27 tens
3 x 7 ones = 21 ones.
Add partial products.
900 + 70 + 270 + 21 = 1,261.

Question 11.
7 5
× 6 9
——-
Estimate: _____
Product: ______

Answer:
Estimate: 5,600
Product: 5,195

Explanation:
Estimate: 75 is close to 80; 69 is close to 70.
80 x 70 = 5,600.
Product: 75 x 69
60 x 7 tens = 420 tens
60 x 5 ones = 300 ones
9 x 7 tens = 63 tens
9 x 5 ones = 45 ones.
Add partial products.
4200 + 300 + 630 + 45 = 5,195.

Problem Solving

Question 12.
A movie theatre has 26 rows of seats. There are 18 seats in each row. How many seats are there in all?
______ seats

Answer:
468 seats

Explanation:
26 x 18 = 468 seats.
20 x 18 = 360
6 x 18 = 108
108+360 = 468.

Question 13.
Each class at Briarwood Elementary collected at least 54 cans of food during the food drive. If there are 29 classes in the school, what was the least number of
cans collected?
______ cans

Answer:
1,566 cans

Explanation:
Each class at Briarwood Elementary collected at least 54 cans of food.
If there are 29 classes in the school,
the least number of cans collected = 54 x 29 = 1,566 cans.

Common Core – Page No. 182

Lesson Check

Question 1.
A choir needs new robes for each of its 46 singers. Each robe costs $32. What will be the total cost for all 46 robes?
Options:
a. $1,472
b. $1,372
c. $1,362
d. $230

Answer:
a. $1,472

Explanation:
46 x $32
40 x $32 = $1,280
6 x $32 = $192
$1,280 + $192 = $1,472

Question 2.
A wall on the side of a building is made up of 52 rows of bricks with 44 bricks in each row. How many bricks make up the wall?
Options:
a. 3,080
b. 2,288
c. 488
d. 416

Answer:
b. 2,288

Explanation:
52 x 44
50 x 44 = 2,200
2 x 44 = 88
2,200 + 88 = 2,288.
2,288 bricks make up the wall.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Which expression shows how to multiply 4 × 362 by using place value and expanded form?
Options:
a. (4 × 3) + (4 × 6) + (4 × 2)
b. (4 × 300) + (4 × 600) +(4 × 200)
c. (4 × 300) + (4 × 60) + (4 × 20)
d. (4 × 300) + (4 × 60) + (4 × 2)

Answer:
d. (4 × 300) + (4 × 60) + (4 × 2)

Explanation:
4 × 362 = 1,448
a. (4 × 3) + (4 × 6) + (4 × 2) = 12 + 24 + 8 = 44 not equal to 1,448.
b. (4 × 300) + (4 × 600) +(4 × 200) = 1200 + 2400 + 800 = 4,400 not equal to 1,448.
c. (4 × 300) + (4 × 60) + (4 × 20) = 1200 + 240 + 80 = 1,520 not equal to 1,448.
d. (4 × 300) + (4 × 60) + (4 × 2) = 1200 + 240 + 8 = 1,448 equal to 1,448.

Question 4.
Use the model below. What is the product 4 x 492?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Common Core img 28
Options:
a. 16 + 36 + 8 = 60
b. 160 + 36 + 8 = 204
c. 160 + 360 + 8 = 528
d. 1,600 + 360 + 8 = 1,968

Answer:
d. 1,600 + 360 + 8 = 1,968

Explanation:
Grade 4 Chapter 3 Common Core 182
1,600 + 360 + 8 = 1,968

Question 5.
What is the sum 13,094 + 259,728?
Options:
a. 272,832
b. 272,822
c. 262,722
d. 262,712

Answer:
c. 262,722

Explanation:
13,094 + 259,728 = 262,722

Question 6.
During the 2008–2009 season, there were 801,372 people who attended the home hockey games in Philadelphia. There were 609,907 people who attended the home hockey games in Phoenix. How much greater was the home attendance in Philadelphia than in Phoenix that season?
Options:
a. 101,475
b. 191,465
c. 201,465
d. 202,465

Answer:
b. 191,465

Explanation:
801,372 – 609,907 = 191,465
Philadelphia attendance is 191,465 greater than in Phoenix that season.

Page No. 185

Question 1.
An average of 74 reports with bird counts were turned in each day in June. An average of 89 were turned in each day in July. How many reports were turned in for both months? (Hint: There are 30 days in June and 31 days in July.)
First, write the problem for June.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Given that An average of 74 reports with bird counts was turned in each day in June.
For June Month, there are 30 days = 30 x 74 = 2,220.

Question 1.
Next, write the problem for July.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
An average of 89 reports with bird counts was turned in each day in July.
For July Month, there are 31 days = 31 x 89 = 2,759.

Question 1.
Last, find and add the two products.
____________ reports were turned in for both months.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Given that An average of 74 reports with bird counts was turned in each day in June.
For June Month, there are 30 days = 30 x 74 = 2,220.
An average of 89 reports with bird counts was turned in each day in July.
For July Month, there are 31 days = 31 x 89 = 2,759.
Add two products to get the total number of reports that were turned in for both months.
2,220 + 2,759 = 4,979.

Question 2.
What if an average of 98 reports were turned in each day for the month of June? How many reports were turned in for June? Describe how your answer for June would be different.
______ reports

Answer:
720 more reports

Explanation:
Given that an average of 98 reports was turned in each day for the month of June.
June has 30 days.
Total number of reports were turned in for June = 30 x 98 = 2, 940.
From the above answer, 98 − 74 = 24. So, there would be 30 × 24, or 720 more reports.

Question 3.
There are 48 crayons in a box. There are 12 boxes in a carton. Mr. Johnson ordered 6 cartons of crayons for the school. How many crayons did he get?
______ crayons

Answer:
3,456 crayons

Explanation:
There are 48 crayons in a box.
There are 12 boxes in a carton.
So, 1 carton = 48 x 12 = 576 crayons.
If Mr. Johnson ordered 6 cartons of crayons for the school, 6 x 576 crayons = 3,456 crayons.
He gets 3,456 crayons.

Question 4.
Make Sense of Problems Each of 5 birdwatchers reported seeing 15 roseate spoonbills in a day. If they each reported seeing the same number of roseate spoonbills over 14 days, how many would be reported?
______ roseate spoonbills

Answer:
1,050 roseate spoonbills

Explanation:
Given that, 1 day –>5 birdwatchers reported 15 roseate spoonbills = 5 x 15 = 75 roseate spoonbills.
So, in 14 days –> 5 birdwatchers reported 75 x 14 = 1,050 roseate spoonbills.

Page No. 186

Question 5.
On each of Maggie’s bird-watching trips, she has seen at least 24 birds. If she has taken 4 of these trips each year over the past 16 years, at least how many birds has Maggie seen?
at least ______ birds

Answer:
Maggie seen 1,536 birds

Explanation:
Given that, 1 trip –> Maggie seen 24 birds.
For 1 year she goes for 4 bird-watching trips.
So, she has seen 4 x 24 = 96 birds for 1 year.
For 16 years, 16 x 96 = 1,536 birds have Maggie seen.

Question 6.
Make Sense of Problems There are 12 inches in a foot. In September, Mrs. Harris orders 32 feet of ribbon for the Crafts Club. In January, she orders 9 feet less. How many inches of ribbon does Mrs. Harris order? Explain how you found your answer.
______ inches

Answer:
660 inches

Explanation:
There are 12 inches in a foot.
In September, Mrs. Harris orders 32 feet of ribbon for the Crafts Club = 32 x 12 = 384.
In January, she orders 9 feet less = 32 – 9 = 23.
So, in January, she orders 23 x 12 = 276.
Mrs. Harris order 276 + 384 = 660 inches of ribbon in total.
(or)
9 less than 32 is 23, so I added 23 + 32 = 55.
Then, I multiplied 55 × 12 = 660.

Question 7.
Lydia is having a party on Saturday. She decides to write a riddle on her invitations to describe her house number on Cypress Street. Use the clues to find Lydia’s address.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 29
______ Cypress Street

Answer:
14827 Cypress Street

Explanation:
Given that tens digit is 5 less than 7 = 7 – 5 = 2. 2 is the tens digit.
The thousands digit is twice the digit in the tens place = 2 x 2 = 4.
The hundreds digit is the greatest even number that is less than 10 i.e, 8.
The ones digit is the product of 7 and 1 = 7 x 1 = 7.
The ten thousands digit is the difference between the hundreds digit and the ones digit. So, 8 – 7 = 1.
Add the products to get the final answer = 14827.
Lydia’s address ( house number ) is 14827 Cypress Street.

Question 8.
A school is adding 4 rows of seats to the auditorium. There are 7 seats in each row. Each new seat costs $99. What is the total cost for the new seats? Show your work.
$ ______

Answer:
$2,772

Explanation:
Given that A school is adding 4 rows of seats to the auditorium. There are 7 seats in each row.
So, 7 x 4 = 28 seats are available in an auditorium.
Each new seat costs $99.
28 x $99 = $2,772 for total cost of the new seats.

Common Core – Page No. 187

Problem Solving Multiply 2 – Digit numbers

Solve each problem. Use a bar model to help.

Question 1.
Mason counted an average of 18 birds at his bird feeder each day for 20 days. Gloria counted an average of 21 birds at her bird feeder each day for 16 days. How many more birds did Mason count at his feeder than Gloria counted at hers?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Common Core img 30
Birds counted by Mason: 18 × 20 = 360
Birds counted by Gloria: 21 × 16 = 336
Draw a bar model to compare.
Subtract. 360 – 336 = 24
So, Mason counted 24 more birds.

Answer:
Birds counted by Mason: 18 × 20 = 360
Birds counted by Gloria: 21 × 16 = 336
Draw a bar model to compare.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Common Core img 30
Subtract. 360 – 336 = 24
So, Mason counted 24 more birds.

Question 2.
The 24 students in Ms. Lee’s class each collected an average of 18 cans for recycling. The 21 students in Mr. Galvez’s class each collected an average of 25 cans for recycling. How many more cans were collected by Mr. Galvez’s class than Ms. Lee’s class?
______ more cans

Answer:
The number of cans collected by Ms. Lee’s class = 18 x 24 = 432.
The number of cans collected by Mr. Galvez’s class = 25 x 21 = 525.
Use Bar Model
Grade 4 Chapter 3 Common Core 187
Subtract. 525 – 432 = 93 more cans.
So, Mr. Galvez’s class collected 93 more cans than Ms. Lee’s class.

Question 3.
At East School, each of the 45 classrooms has an average of 22 students. At West School, each of the 42 classrooms has an average of 23 students. How many more students are at East School than at West School?
______ more students

Answer:
Students in East school = 45 x 22 = 990.
Students in West School = 42 x 23 = 966.
Use Bar Model
Grade 4 Chapter 3 Common Core image 2 187
Subtract. 990 – 966 = 24.
So, East School has 24 students more than West School.

Question 4.
A zoo gift shop orders 18 boxes of 75 key rings each and 15 boxes of 80 refrigerator magnets each. How many more key rings than refrigerator magnets does the gift shop order?
______ more key rings

Answer:
Number of Key Rings = 75 x 18 = 1,350.
Number of Refrigerator Magnets= 80 x 15 = 1,200.
Use Bar Model
Grade 4 Chapter 3 Common Core image 3 187
Subtract. 1,350 – 1,200 = 150.
So, key rings are 150 more than refrigerator magnets.

Common Core – Page No. 188

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Ace Manufacturing ordered 17 boxes with 85 ball bearings each. They also ordered 15 boxes with 90 springs each. How many more ball bearings than springs did they order?
Options:
a. 5
b. 85
c. 90
d. 95

Answer:
d. 95

Explanation:
Number of ball bearings = 85 x 17 = 1,445.
Number of springs = 90 x 15 = 1,350.
Use Bar Model
Grade 4 Chapter 3 Common Core image 1 188
Subtract. 1,445 – 1,350 = 95.
So, ball bearings are 95 more than springs.

Question 2.
Elton hiked 16 miles each day on a 12-day hiking trip. Lola hiked 14 miles each day on her 16-day hiking trip. In all, how many more miles did Lola hike than Elton hiked?
Options:
a. 2 miles
b. 18 miles
c. 32 miles
d. 118 miles

Answer:
c. 32 miles

Explanation:
Hiking trip by Elton = 12 x 16 = 192.
Hiking trip by Lola = 16 x 14 = 224.
Use Bar Model
Grade 4 Chapter 3 Common Core image 2 188
Subtract. 224 – 192 = 32.
So, the Hiking trip by Lola is 32 times more than the Hiking trip by Elton.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
An orchard has 24 rows of apple trees. There are 35 apple trees in each row. How many apple trees are in the orchard?
Options:
a. 59
b. 192
c. 740
d. 840

Answer:
d. 840

Explanation:
An orchard has 24 rows of apple trees. There are 35 apple trees in each row.
24 x 35 = 840 apple trees are in the orchard.

Question 4.
An amusement park reported 354,605 visitors last summer. What is this number rounded to the nearest thousand?
Options:
a. 354,600
b. 355,000
c. 360,000
d. 400,000

Answer:
b. 355,000

Explanation:
An amusement park reported 354,605 visitors last summer. 4,605 is close to 5,000. So, the answer is 355,000.

Question 5.
Attendance at the football game was 102,653. What is the value of the digit 6?
Options:
a. 6
b. 60
c. 600
d. 6,000

Answer:
c. 600

Explanation:
Digit 6 is at hundreds of positions. So, the answer is 6 x 100 = 600.

Question 6.
Jill’s fish weighs 8 times as much as her parakeet. Together, the pets weigh 63 ounces. How much does the fish weigh?
Options:
a. 7 ounces
b. 49 ounces
c. 55 ounces
d. 56 ounces

Answer:
d. 56 ounces

Explanation:
Let Jill’s parakeet = X.
Jill’s fish weighs 8 times as much as her parakeet = 8X.
Together, the pets weigh 63 ounces.
X + 8X = 63.
9X = 63.
X = 63/9 = 7.
So, Jill’s parakeet =7.
Jill’s fish = 7 x 8 = 56 ounces.

Review/Test – Page No. 189

Question 1.
Explain how to find 40 × 50 using mental math
Type below:
_________

Answer:
200

Explanation:
40 x 50
By using mental math
4 x 5 = 20
40 x 50 = 200

Mrs. Traynor’s class is taking a field trip to the zoo. The trip will cost $26 for each student. There are 22 students in her class.

Question 2.
Part A
Round each factor to estimate the total cost of the students’ field trip.
$ ______

Answer:
$600

Explanation:
Total cost of the students’ field trip = 22 x $26.
22 x $26
20 x $30 = $600
The total cost would be about $600.

Question 2.
Part B
Use compatible numbers to estimate the total cost of the field trip.
$ ______

Answer:
$500

Explanation:
If we use compatible numbers to estimate the total cost of the field trip.
22 x $26
20 × 25 = 500
The total cost would be about $500.

Question 2.
Part C
Which do you think is the better estimate? Explain.
Better estimate: _________

Answer:
Using rounded numbers is a better estimate. When rounded numbers are used, one estimated factor was $4 more than the actual factor and the other estimated factor was $2 that is less than the actual factor. So, the estimate should be close to the actual one. When compatible numbers are used both estimated factors were less than the actual factors. So, the product will be an underestimate.

Review/Test – Page No. 190

For numbers 3a–3e, select Yes or No to show if the answer is correct.

Question 3.
3a. 35 × 10 = 350
i. yes
ii. no

Answer:
i. yes

Explanation:
35 x 10 = 350
30 x 10 = 300.
5 x 10 = 50.
300 + 50 = 350.

Question 3.
3b. 19 × 20 = 380
i. yes
ii. no

Answer:
i. yes

Explanation:
19 × 20 = 380
19 x 20 = 19 x 2 tens.
19 x 20 = 38 tens = 380.

Question 3.
3c. 12 × 100 = 120
i. yes
ii. no

Answer:
ii. no

Explanation:
12 x 100 = 120.
10 x 100 = 1000
2 x 100 = 200.
1000 + 200 = 1200.

Question 3.
3d. 70 × 100 = 7,000
i. yes
ii. no

Answer:
i. yes

Explanation:
70 x 100 = 7,000
100 x 7 tens = 700 tens = 7,000

Question 3.
3e. 28 × 30 = 2,100
i. yes
ii. no

Answer:
ii. no

Explanation:
28 × 30
20 x 30 = 600
8 x 30 = 240
600 + 240 = 840

Question 4.
There are 23 boxes of pencils in Mr. Shaw’s supply cabinet. Each box contains 100 pencils. How many pencils are in the supply cabinet?
_____ penciles

Answer:
2,300 pencils

Explanation:
23 x 100 = 2,300 pencils are in the supply cabinet.

Question 5.
Which would provide a reasonable estimate for each product? Write the estimate beside the product. An estimate may be used more than once
23 × 38 __________
31 × 32 __________
46 × 18 __________
39 × 21 __________

Answer:
23 × 38 –> 25 x 40
31 x 32 –> 30 × 30
46 × 18 –> 50 × 20
39 × 21 –> 25 × 40

Explanation:
23 × 38; 23 is close to 25; 38 is close to 40.
So, the estimated product is 25 x 40
31 x 32; 31 is close to 30; 32is close to 30.
So, the estimated product is 30 × 30
46 × 18; 46 is close to 50; 18 is close to 20.
So, the estimated product is 50 × 20
39 × 21; 39 is close to 40; 21 is close to 25.
So, the estimated product is 25 × 40

Question 6.
There are 26 baseball teams in the league. Each team has 18 players. Write a number sentence that will provide a reasonable estimate for the number of players in the league. Explain how you found your estimate.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
There are 26 baseball teams in the league. Each team has 18 players.
26 x 18
25 x 20
We Rounded each factor to its close factor, then simplified the multiplication.

Question 7.
The model shows 48 × 37. Write the partial products.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Review/Test img 31
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Grade 4 Chapter 3 Common Core image 1 190
Partial Products are 1200, 240, 280, 56

Review/Test – Page No. 191

Question 8.
Jess made this model to find the product 32 × 17. Her modelis incorrect.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Review/Test img 32
Part A
What did Jess do wrong?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Jess added the numbers in the model instead of multiplying.

Question 8.
Part B
Redraw the model so that it is correct.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Review/Test img 33
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Grade 4 Chapter 3 Common Core image 2 190

Question 8.
Part C
What is the actual product 32 × 17?
______

Answer:
544

Explanation:
32 × 17
10 x 32 = 320
7 x 32 = 224
320 + 224 = 544.

Question 9.
Tatum wants to use partial products to find 15 × 32. Write the numbers in the boxes to show 15 × 32.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Review/Test img 34
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Grade 4 Chapter 3 Common Core image 4 190

Review/Test – Page No. 192

Question 10.
Which product is shown by the model? Write the letter of the product on the line below the model.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Review/Test img 35
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Review/Test img 35
C                                              A                                                  B
10 + 3 = 13
10 + 3 = 13
13 x 13
2. 10 + 7 = 17
30 + 6 = 36
17 x 36
3. 20 + 4 = 24
10 + 4 = 14
24 x 14

Question 11.
Mrs. Jones places 3 orders for school T-shirts. Each order has 16 boxes of shirts and each box holds 17 shirts. How many T-shirts does Mrs. Jones order? Use partial products to help you.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
816 T-shirts

Explanation:
Mrs. Jones places 3 orders for school T-shirts. Each order has 16 boxes of shirts and each box holds 17 shirts.
Each box has 17 shirts.
16 boxes = 16 x 17 = 272.
Each order = 16 boxes = 272 shirts.
3 orders = 3 x 272 = 816 shirts.
Mrs. Jones order 816 T-shirts.

Question 12.
Write the unknown digits. Use each digit exactly once.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Review/Test img 36
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Grade 4 Chapter 3 Common Core image 1 192
90 x 40 = 3,600
90 x 6 = 540
3 x 40 = 120
3 x 6 = 18.
3,600 + 540 + 120 + 8 = 4,278.

Question 13.
Mike has 16 baseball cards. Niko has 17 times as many baseball cards as Mike does. How many baseball cards does Niko have?
________ baseball cards

Answer:
272 baseball cards

Explanation:
Mike has 16 baseball cards. Niko has 17 times as many baseball cards as Mike does.
Niko have 16 x 17 = 272 baseball cards.

Question 14.
Multiply.
36 × 28 = ________

Answer:
1,008

Explanation:
36 x 28
20 x 30 = 600
20 x 6 = 120
8 x 30 = 240
8 x 6 = 48
600 + 120 + 240 + 48 = 1,008

Review/Test – Page No. 193

Question 15.
A farmer planted 42 rows of tomatoes with 13 plants in each row. How many tomato plants did the farmer grow?
42 × 13 = ______ tomato plants

Answer:
420 + 126 = 546 tomato plants

Explanation:
42 × 13
10 x 42 = 420
3 x 42 = 126
420 + 126 = 546 tomato plants

Question 16.
Select another way to show 25 × 18. Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. (20 × 10) + (20 × 8) + (5 × 10) + (5 × 8)
b. (25 × 20) + (25 × 5) + (25 × 10) + (25 × 8)
c. (20 × 18) + (5 × 10) + (5 × 8)
d. (25 × 10) + (25 × 8)
e. (25 × 20) + (25 × 5)

Answer:
a. (20 × 10) + (20 × 8) + (5 × 10) + (5 × 8)
c. (20 × 18) + (5 × 10) + (5 × 8)
d. (25 × 10) + (25 × 8)

Explanation:
25 × 18
10 x 25 = 250
8 x 25 = 200
250 + 200 = 450.
a. (20 × 10) + (20 × 8) + (5 × 10) + (5 × 8) = 200 + 160 + 50 + 40 = 450
b. (25 × 20) + (25 × 5) + (25 × 10) + (25 × 8) = 500 + 125 + 250 + 200 = 1,075
c. (20 × 18) + (5 × 10) + (5 × 8) = 360 + 50 + 40 = 450
d. (25 × 10) + (25 × 8) = 250 + 200 = 450
e. (25 × 20) + (25 × 5) = 500 + 125 = 625

Question 17.
Terrell runs 15 sprints. Each sprint is 65 meters. How many meters does Terrell run? Show your work.
______ meters

Answer:
975 meters

Explanation:
Terrell run 15 x 65 = 975 meters.

Question 18.
There are 3 new seats in each row in a school auditorium. There are 15 rows in the auditorium. Each new seat cost $74. What is the cost for the new seats? Explain how you found your answer.
$ ______

Answer:
$3,330

Explanation:
Given that There are 3 new seats in each row in a school auditorium. There are 15 rows in the auditorium. Each new seat cost $74.
So, 3 x 15 = 45 seats are available in an auditorium.
Each new seat costs $74.
45 x $74 = $3,330 for total cost of the new seats.

Question 19.
Ray and Ella helped move their school library to a new building. Ray packed 27 boxes with 25 books in each box. Ella packed 23 boxes with 30 books in each box. How many more books did Ella pack? Show your work.
______ books

Answer:
15 books

Explanation:
Ray packed 27 x 25 = 675 books.
Ella packed 23 x 30 = 690 books
Ella packed 690 – 675 = 15 books more than Ray.

Review/Test – Page No. 194

Question 20.
Julius and Walt are finding the product of 25 and 16.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Review/Test img 37
Part A
Julius’ answer is incorrect. What did Julius do wrong?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Julius multiplied 25 by 10 and then multiplied 25 by 6 correctly. He added the two partial products incorrectly.

Question 20.
Part B
What did Walt do wrong?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Walt multiplied 6 by 5 and got 300 instead of 30

Question 20.
Part C
What is the correct product?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
25 x 16 = 400

Question 21.
A clothing store sells 26 shirts and 22 pairs of jeans. Each item of clothing costs $32.
Part A
What is a reasonable estimate for the total cost of the clothing?
Show or explain how you found your answer.
$ ______

Answer:
$1500

Explanation:
A clothing store sells 26 shirts and 22 pairs of jeans. 26 + 22 = 48 clothes.
Each item of clothing costs $32.
48 x $32
50 x $30 = $1500

Question 21.
Part B
What is the exact answer for the total cost of the clothing? Show or explain how you found your answer.
$ ______

Answer:
$1,536

Explanation:
48 x $32
40 x $32 = $1,280
8 x $32 = $256
$1,280 + $256 = $1,536

Page No. 199

Question 1.
A restaurant has 68 chairs. There are six chairs at each table. About how many tables are in the restaurant?
Estimate. 68 ÷ 6
Think: What number times 6 is about 68?
10 × 6 = ___
11 × 6 = ___
12 × 6 = ___
68 is closest to ______, so the best estimate is about _______ tables are in the restaurant.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
68 is close to 70 and 6 is close to 5.
So, 70/5 = 12.
10 × 6 = __60_
11 × 6 = _66__
12 × 6 = _72__
68 is closest to ___66___, so the best estimate is about 11 x 6 = 66 tables are in the restaurant.

Find two numbers the quotient is between. Then estimate the quotient.

Question 2.
41 ÷ 3
between _______ and _______

Answer:
between 13 and 14
about 14

Explanation:
13 x 3 = 39; 14 x 3 = 42.
The quotient of 41 ÷ 3 is between 13 and 14.

Question 3.
192 ÷ 5
between _______ and _______

Answer:
between 30 and 40
about 40

Explanation:
30 x 5 = 150; 40 x 5 = 200.
The quotient of 192 ÷ 5 is between 30 and 40.

Find two numbers the quotient is between. Then estimate the quotient.

Question 4.
90 ÷ 7
between _______ and _______

Answer:
between 12 and 13
about 13

Explanation:
12 x 7 = 84; 13 x 7 = 91.
The quotient of 90 ÷ 7 is between 12 and 13.

Question 5.
67 ÷ 4
between _______ and _______

Answer:
between 16 and 17
about 17

Explanation:
16 x 4 = 64; 17 x 4 = 68.
The quotient of 67 ÷ 4 is between 16 and 17.

Question 6.
281 ÷ 9
between _______ and _______

Answer:
between 30 and 40
about 30

Explanation:
30 x 9 = 270; 40 x 9 = 360.
The quotient of 281 ÷ 9 is between 30 and 40.

Question 7.
102 ÷ 7
between _______ and _______

Answer:
between 14 and 15
about 15

Explanation:
14 x 7 = 98; 15 x 7 = 105.
The quotient of 102 ÷ 7 is between 14 and 15.

Question 8.
85 ÷ 6
between _______ and _______

Answer:
between 14 and 15
about 14

Explanation:
14 x 6 = 84; 15 x 6 = 90.
The quotient of 85 ÷ 6 is between 14 and 15.

Question 9.
220 ÷ 8
between _______ and _______

Answer:
between 20 and 30
about 30

Explanation:
20 x 8 = 160; 30 x 8 = 240.
The quotient of 220 ÷ 8 is between 20 and 30.

Decide whether the actual quotient is greater than or less than the estimate given. Write < or >.

Question 10.
83 ÷ 8 _______ 10

Answer:
>

Explanation:
83 ÷ 8 = 10.375 > 10

Question 11.
155 ÷ 4 _______ 40

Answer:
<

Explanation:
155 ÷ 4 = 38.75 < 40

Question 12.
70 ÷ 6 _______ 11

Answer:
>

Explanation:
70 ÷ 6 = 11.666 > 11

Question 13.
What’s the Question? A dolphin’s heart beats 688 times in 6 minutes. Answer: about 100 times.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
About how many times does a dolphin’s heart beats in 1 minute?

Question 14.
Analyze A mother bottlenose ate about 278 pounds of food in one week. About how much food did she eat in a day?
about _____ pounds

Answer:
about 40 pounds

Explanation:
278 ÷ 7
The quotient of 278 ÷ 7 is between 39 and 40.

Question 15.
Tanya has $42 to spend at the Dolphin Island store. T-shirts sell for $7 each and a pair of sunglasses sells for $6. Tanya buys 3 T-shirts. How many pairs of sunglasses can she buy with the amount of money she has left?
_____ pairs of sunglasses

Answer:
3 pairs of sunglasses

Explanation:
Given that Tanya has $42 to spend at the Dolphin Island store. T-shirts sell for $7 each and a pair of sunglasses sell for $6.
Tanya buys 3 T-shirts = 3 x $7 = $21.
pair of sunglasses = $42 – $21 = $21.
1 pair of sunglasses sells for $6.
So, $21 ÷ $7 = 3.
3 pairs of sunglasses can Tanya buy with the amount of money she has left.

Page No. 200

Question 16.
If a bottlenose dolphin can eat 175 pounds of fish, squid, and shrimp in a week, about how many pounds of food does it eat in a day? Milo says the answer is about 20 pounds. Leah says the answer is about 30 pounds. Who is correct? Explain.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 38
________

Answer:
The bottlenose dolphin can eat 25 pounds for 1 day.
Both answers are correct. Because the 25 pounds is in between 20 and 30 pounds.

Explanation:
1 week = 7 days.
The bottlenose dolphin can eat 175 pounds for 7 days.
For 1 day = 175 ÷ 7 = 25 pounds.
The bottlenose dolphin can eat 25 pounds for 1 day.
Both answers are correct. Because the 25 pounds is in between 20 and 30 pounds.

Question 17.
Four families went out for lunch. The total food bill came to $167. The families also left a $30 tip for the waitress. If each family spent the same amount, about how much did each family spend on dinner? Explain how you found your answer.
$ ______

Answer:
$98.5

Explanation:
Four families went out for lunch. The total food bill came to $167. The families also left a $30 tip for the waitress.
So, total amount = $167 + $30 = $197.
If each family spent the same amount = $197 ÷ 2 = $98.5
Each family spent $98.5.

Question 18.
There are 6 showings of a film about Van Gogh at the Art Museum. A total of 459 people saw the film. The same number of people were at each showing. About how many people were at each showing? Circle the numbers the quotient is between. Then explain how you found your answer.
40 50 60 70 80
Type below:
_________

Answer:
40 50 60 70 80
I found multiples of 6 that 459 is between. 70 × 6 = 420 and 80 × 6 = 480. Since 459 is closer to 480, 459 ÷ 6 is about 80.

Conclusion

Hope the data shared about Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2- Digit Number has helped you in your preparation. If you feel any learning is missing do give us your suggestions and we will consider them if possible. Just keep on visiting our site to get the latest update on Grade 4 Go Math HMH Answer Keys for other chapters as well.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers

go-math-grade-7-chapter-2-multiplying-and-dividing-integers-answer-key

Are you browsing the net to get the best material to score well in the exams? Then you are on the right page. Here you can get the best Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key for Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers. Refer to Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key to enhance your math skills.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers

Go through the topics covered in Multiplying and Dividing Integers before you start your preparation. Just tap the link and start preparing now. In addition to the exercise problems, you can also get a detailed explanation for all the questions in Module Review. So, first, practice the exercise problems and then try to solve the questions given in the module review. With the help of this Go Math 7th Grade Answer Key Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers, you can improve the knowledge in the following topics.

Chapter 2 – Multiplying Integers

Chapter 2 – Dividing Integers

Chapter 2- Applying Integer Operations

Chapter 2 – Module Review

Multiplying Integers – Guided Practice – Page No. 40

Find each product.

Question 1.
-1(9)
_______

Answer: -9

Explanation:
We have to find the product:
-1(9)
1. Determine the sign of the product
-1 < 0 and 9 > 0
Since the numbers have opposite signs, the product will be negative.
2. We find the absolute value of the numbers and multiply them:
|-1| = 1
|9| = 9
1 × 9 =9
3. We assign the correct sign to the product:
-1 × 9 = -9

Question 2.
14(-2)
_______

Answer: -28

Explanation:
We have to find the product:
14(-2)
1. Determine the sign of the product
-2 < 0 and 14 > 0
Since the numbers have opposite signs, the product will be negative.
2. We find the absolute value of the numbers and multiply them:
|-2| = 2
|14| = 14
2 × 14 = 28
3. We assign the correct sign to the product:
-2 × 14 = -28

Question 3.
(-9)(-6)
_______

Answer: 54

Explanation:
We have to find the product:
(-9)(-6)
1. Determine the sign of the product
-9 < 0 and -6 < 0
Since the numbers have the same signs, the product will be positive.
2. We find the absolute value of the numbers and multiply them:
|-9| = 9
|-6| = 6
3. We assign the correct sign to the product:
-9 × -6 = 54

Question 4.
(-2)(50)
_______

Answer: -100

Explanation:
We have to find the product:
(-2)(50)
1. Determine the sign of the product
-2 < 0 and 50 > 0
Since the numbers have opposite signs, the product will be negative.
2. We find the absolute value of the numbers and multiply them:
|-2| = 2
|50| = 50
3. We assign the correct sign to the product:
-2 × 50 = -100

Question 5.
(-4)(15)
_______

Answer: -60

Explanation:
We have to find the product:
(-4)(15)
1. Determine the sign of the product
-4 < 0 and 15 > 0
Since the numbers have opposite signs, the product will be negative.
2. We find the absolute value of the numbers and multiply them:
|-4| = 4
|15| = 15
3. We assign the correct sign to the product:
-4 × 15 = -60

Question 6.
-18(0)
_______

Answer: 0

Explanation:
We have to find the product:
-18(0)
Since one of the factors is zero, the product is zero.
-18 × 0 = 0

Question 7.
(-7)(-7)
_______

Answer: 49

Explanation:
We have to find the product:
(-7)(-7)
1. Determine the sign of the product
-7 < 0
Since the numbers have the same signs, the product will be positive.
2. We find the absolute value of the numbers and multiply them:
|-7| = 7
|-7| = 7
3. We assign the correct sign to the product:
-7 × -7 = 49

Question 8.
-15(9)
_______

Answer: -125

Explanation:
We have to find the product:
-15(9)
1. Determine the sign of the product
-15 < 0  and 9 > 0
Since the numbers have opposite signs, the product will be negative.
2. We find the absolute value of the numbers and multiply them:
|-15| = 15
|9| = 9
3. We assign the correct sign to the product:
-15 × 9 = -125

Question 9.
(8)(-12)
_______

Answer: -96

Explanation:
We have to find the product:
(8)(-12)
1. Determine the sign of the product
8 > 0 and -12 < 0
Since the numbers have opposite signs, the product will be negative.
2. We find the absolute value of the numbers and multiply them:
|8| = 8
|-15| = 15
3. We assign the correct sign to the product:
8 × -15 = -96

Question 10.
-3(-100)
_______

Answer: 300

Explanation:
We have to find the product:
-3 < 0 and -100 < 0
Since the numbers have the same signs, the product will be positive.
2. We find the absolute value of the numbers and multiply them:
|-3| = 3
|-100| = 100
3. We assign the correct sign to the product:
-3 × -100 = 300

Question 11.
0(-153)
_______

Answer: 0

Explanation:
We have to find the product:
0(-153)
Since one of the factors is zero, the product is zero.
0 × -153 = 0

Question 12.
-6(32)
_______

Answer: -192

Explanation:
We have to find the product:
-6(32)
1. Determine the sign of the product
-6 < 0  and 32 > 0
Since the numbers have opposite signs, the product will be negative.
2. We find the absolute value of the numbers and multiply them:
|-6| = 6
|32| = 32
3. We assign the correct sign to the product:
-6 × 32 = -192

Question 13.
Flora made 7 withdrawals of $75 each from her bank account. What was the overall change in her account?
$ _______

Answer: -525

Explanation:
Flora made 7 withdrawals of $75 each from her bank account.
Since she withdrew 7 amounts of money, the overall change in the account will be:
(-7)(75)
-7 < 0 and 75 > 0
The numbers have the opposite signs, so the product will be negative.
7 × 75 = 525
We assign the correct sign to the product:
-7 × 75 = -525

Question 14.
A football team lost 5 yards on each of 3 plays. Explain how you could use a number line to find the team’s change in field position after the 3 plays.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: -15 yards

Explanation:
A football team lost 5 yards on each of 3 plays.
The team lost 5 yards 3 times.
3(-5) = (-5) + (-5) + (-5)
To graph 3(-5) we start at 0 and move 5 units to the left 3 times:
-15
The result is -15 yards.

Question 15.
The temperature dropped 2 °F every hour for 6 hours. What was the total number of degrees the temperature changed in the 6 hours?
_______ °F

Answer: -12°F

Explanation:
Since the temperature dropped 2 °F every hour for 6 hours, the total number of degrees the temperature changed in the 6 hours is:
6(-2) = (-2) + (-2) + (-2) + (-2) + (-2) + (-2)
To graph 6(-2) we start at 0 and move 2 units to the left 6 times.
6 × -2 = -12

Question 16.
The price of one share of Acme Company declined $5 per day for 4 days in a row. How much did the price of one share change in total after the 4 days?
$ _______

Answer: -20

Explanation:
The price declined $5 4 times, thus the total change in the price after the 4 days is:
4(-5)
4(-5) = (-5) + (-5) + (-5) + (-5)
To graph 4(-5) we start at 0 and move 5 units to the left 4 times:
4 × -5 = $-20

Question 17.
A mountain climber climbed down a cliff 50 feet at a time. He did this 5 times in one day. What was the overall change in his elevation?
_______ feet

Answer: -250 feet

Explanation:
A mountain climber climbed down a cliff 50 feet at a time. He did this 5 times in one day.
5(-50)
5(-50) = (-50) + (-50) + (-50) + (-50) + (-50)
To graph 5(-50) we start at 0 and move 50 units to the left 5 times:
5 × -50 = -250 feet
Thus the overall change in his elevation is -250 feet.

Question 18.
Explain the process for finding the product of two integers.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: Determine the sign of the product, multiply the absolute value of the numbers then attach the sign to the product. If one of the numbers is zero then the product is zero.

Multiplying Integers – Independent Practice – Page No. 41

Question 19.
Critique Reasoning Lisa used a number line to model –2(3). Does her number line make sense? Explain why or why not.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers Lesson 1: Multiplying Integers img 1
_______

Answer:
Lisa used the number line incorrectly since in her number line she multiplied -3 twice.
The number line should show 2 movements to the left three times.

Question 20.
Represent Real-World Problems Mike got on an elevator and went down 3 floors. He meant to go to a lower level, so he stayed on the elevator and went down 3 more floors. How many floors did Mike go down altogether?
_______ floors

Answer: 6 floors

Explanation:
Mike got on an elevator and went down 3 floors. He meant to go to a lower level, so he stayed on the elevator and went down 3 more floors.
2(-3) = -6
This means he went down 6 floors.

Solve. Show your work.

Question 21.
When Brooke buys lunch at the cafeteria, money is withdrawn from a lunch account. The table shows amounts withdrawn in one week. By how much did the amount in Brooke’s lunch account change by the end of that week?
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers Lesson 1: Multiplying Integers img 2
$ _______ decrease

Answer: $-20 decrease

Explanation:
He withdrew $4 each day, which means 5 times $4 each time. By the end of the week, his account will mark a decrease of: -$20

Question 22.
Adam is scuba diving. He descends 5 feet below sea level. He descends the same distance 4 more times. What is Adam’s final elevation?
_______ feet

Answer: -20 feet

Explanation:
Since he descends 4 times 5 feet each time, his final elevation will be:
4(-5) = -20 feet

Question 23.
The price of jeans was reduced $6 per week for 7 weeks. By how much did the price of the jeans change over the 7 weeks?
$ _______

Answer: $42

Explanation:
The price of the jeans was reduced $6 per week for 7 weeks.
After 7 weeks the price will be reduced by 7 times $6:
7(-6) = -42
Thus the price will be reduced by $42.

Question 24.
Casey uses some of his savings on batting practice. The cost of renting a batting cage for 1 hour is $6. He rents a cage for 9 hours in each of two months. What is the change in Casey’s savings after two months?
$ _______

Answer: $108

Explanation:
Given,
Casey uses some of his savings on batting practice.
The cost of renting a batting cage for 1 hour is $6.
He rents a cage for 9 hours in each of two months.
9(-6) = -54
For 2 months = -54 × 2 = -108

Question 25.
Volunteers at Sam’s school use some of the student council’s savings for a special project. They buy 7 backpacks for $8 each and fill each backpack with paper and pens that cost $5. By how much did the student council’s savings change because of this project?
$ _______

Answer: $91

Explanation:
They buy 7 backpacks for $8 each and fill each backpack with paper and pens that cost $5
Cost of 1 backpack = $8
cost of 7 backpacks = 8 × 7 = $56
Cost to fill each backpack with paper and pens = $5
Cost to fill each 7 backpacks with paper and pens = 5 × 7=$35
Total cost = $56 + $35 = $91
the students councils savings change by $91

Multiplying Integers – Page No. 42

Question 26.
Communicate Mathematical Ideas Describe a real-world situation that can be represented by the product 8(–20). Then find the product and explain what the product means in terms of the real-world situation.
_______ points

Answer: -160

Example:
Irene has some savings in an account. Each of 8 months she uses $20 to pay a rate for a bicycle. What is the change in her account after the 8 months?
8(-20) = -160
The change in the account consists of 8 times $20:
Her account diminished by $160.

Question 27.
What If? The rules for multiplying two integers can be extended to a product of 3 or more integers. Find the following products by using the Associative Property to multiply 2 numbers at a time.
a. 3(3)(–3)
_______

Answer: -27

Explanation:
3 × 3 × (-3) = 9(-3) = -27

Question 27.
b. 3(–3)(–3)
_______

Answer: 27
3((-3)(-3))
3 × 9 = 27

Question 27.
c. –3(–3)(–3)
_______

Answer: -27
(-3)(–3)(–3)
(-3)(9)
9 × -3 = -27

Question 27.
d. 3(3)(3)(–3)
_______

Answer: -81
(3 × 3)(3 × -3)
9 × -9 = -81

Question 27.
e. 3(3)(–3)(–3)
_______

Answer: 81
(3 × 3)(-3 × -3)
9 × 9 = 81

Question 27.
f. 3(–3)(–3)(–3)
_______

Answer: -81
3(-3)(-3 × -3)
-9 × 9 = -81

Question 27.
g. Make a Conjecture Based on your results, complete the following statements:
When a product of integers has an odd number of negative factors, then the sign of the product is ____________.
____________

Answer: negative

Explanation:
When a product of integers has an odd number of negative factors, then the sign of the product is negative.

Question 27.
When a product of integers has an even number of negative factors, then the sign of the product is ___________ .
____________

Answer: positive

Explanation:
When a product of integers has an even number of negative factors, then the sign of the product is positive.

FOCUS ON HIGHER ORDER THINKING

Question 28.
Multiple Representations The product of three integers is –3. Determine all of the possible values for the three factors.
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
We are given the product:
a . b . c = -3
a, b, c integers
a = -1, b = 1, c = 3
a = -3, b = c = 1
a = -1, b = -1, c = -3
The elements of the product can be 1, -1, 3, -3. Since the result is negative, it means that the number of negative factors is odd. Thus we can have either one negative number or three. The possibilities are:
-1, 1, 3
-3, 1 , 1
-1, -1, -3

Question 29.
Analyze Relationships When is the product of two nonzero integers less than or equal to both of the two factors?
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
Let a, b be the two integers.
We are given the data:
a.b ≤ a
a.b ≤ b
a > 0, b> 0
Case 1: both are positive numbers
a = 1, b = 1
= a.b = 1.1 = a = b
The product is greater than any of the two numbers except for the case in which both numbers are 1:
Case 2: both numbers are negative.
a < 0, b< 0
a.b > 0
a . b > a
a . b > b
The product is positive, thus it cannot be smaller than any of the numbers.
Case 3: the numbers have different signs
a . b < 0
a. b < a
a . b ≤ b
The product is negative, therefore smaller than the positive number. The product is also smaller than the negative number as it represents a times the number b:
a = b = 1
a > 0, b < 0

Question 30.
Justify Reasoning The sign of the product of two integers with the same sign is positive. What is the sign of the product of three integers with the same sign? Explain your thinking.
Type below:
_______________

Answer: The product will have the sign of the third number.
Explanation:
Let a, b, c be three integers. a, b have the same sign.
We have to find the sign of a. b . c
a . b > 0
Because a, b have the same sign, their product is positive:
The product a.b.c will have the same sign of c because the sign a.b is positive and multiplying it by a positive number leads to a positive number, while multiplying it by a negative number leads to a negative number.
c > 0
a.b.c = (a.b).c > 0
c < 0 = a.b.c = (a.b).c < 0

Dividing Integers – Guided Practice – Page No. 46

Find each quotient.

Question 1.
\(\frac{-14}{2}\) = _______

Answer: -7

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
-14 < 0
2 > 0
Since the numbers have opposite signs, the quotient will be negative.
-14/2 = -7

Question 2.
21 ÷ (−3) = _______

Answer: -7

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
21 ÷ (−3)
21 > 0
-3 < 0
Since the numbers have opposite signs, the quotient will be negative.
21/(-3) = -7

Question 3.
\(\frac{26}{-13}\) = _______

Answer: -2

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
\(\frac{26}{-13}\)
26 > 0
-13 < 0
Since the numbers have opposite signs, the quotient will be negative.
\(\frac{26}{-13}\) = -2

Question 4.
0 ÷ (−4) = _______

Answer: 0

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
0 ÷ (−4)
If one of the numbers is zero answer will be zero.
0 ÷ (−4) = 0

Question 5.
\(\frac{-45}{-5}\) = _______

Answer: 9

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
\(\frac{-45}{-5}\)
Since the numbers have the same sign, the quotient will be positive.
\(\frac{-45}{-5}\) = 9

Question 6.
-30 ÷ (10) = _______

Answer: -3

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
-30 ÷ (10)
Since the numbers have opposite signs, the quotient will be negative.
-30 ÷ (10) = 3

Question 7.
\(\frac{-11}{-1}\) = _______

Answer: 11

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
\(\frac{-11}{-1}\)
Since the numbers have the same sign, the quotient will be positive.
\(\frac{-11}{-1}\) = 11

Question 8.
-31 ÷ (-31) = _______

Answer: 1

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
-31 ÷ (-31)
Since the numbers have the same sign, the quotient will be positive.
-31 ÷ (-31) = 1

Question 9.
\(\frac{0}{-7}\) = _______

Answer: 0

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
\(\frac{0}{-7}\)
If one of the numbers is zero answer will be zero.
0/-7 = 0

Question 10.
\(\frac{-121}{-11}\) = _______

Answer: 11

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
\(\frac{-121}{-11}\)
Since the numbers have the same sign, the quotient will be positive.
\(\frac{-121}{-11}\) = 11

Question 11.
84 ÷ (-7) = _______

Answer: -12

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
84 ÷ (-7)
Since the numbers have opposite signs, the quotient will be negative.
84 ÷ (-7)
7 divides 84 twelve times.
So, the answer is -12.

Question 12.
\(\frac{500}{-25}\) = _______

Answer: -20

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
\(\frac{500}{-25}\)
Since the numbers have opposite signs, the quotient will be negative.
\(\frac{500}{-25}\) = -20

Question 13.
-6 ÷ 0 =
__________

Answer: undefined

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
-6 ÷ 0
Any number divided by 0 is undefined.

Question 14.
\(\frac{-63}{-21}\) = _______

Answer: 3

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
\(\frac{-63}{-21}\)
Since the numbers have the same sign, the quotient will be positive.
\(\frac{-63}{-21}\) = 3

Write a division expression for each problem. Then find the value of the expression.

Question 15.
Clark made four of his truck payments late and was fined four late fees. The total change to his savings from late fees was -$40. How much was one late fee?
$ _______

Answer: 10

Explanation:
Clark made four of his truck payments late and was fined four late fees.
The total change to his savings from late fees was -$40.
We determine one late fee by dividing the total change in his savings by the number of late fees|:
-10 ÷ 4 = -10
One late fee was $10.

Question 16.
Jan received -22 points on her exam. She got 11 questions wrong out of 50 questions. How much was Jan penalized for each wrong answer?
_______ points

Answer: 2 points

Explanation:
Jan received -22 points on her exam. She got 11 questions wrong out of 50 questions.
We determine the number of points on the exam to the number of wrong questions:
-22 ÷ 11 = -2
Thus a wrong answer was penalized by 2 points.

Question 17.
Allen’s score in a video game was changed by -75 points because he missed some targets. He got -15 points for each missed target. How many targets did he miss?
_______ targets

Answer: 5 targets

Explanation:
Allen’s score in a video game was changed by -75 points because he missed some targets.
He got -15 points for each missed target.
We divide the change in the score by the number of points for a missed target:
-75 ÷ -15 = 5
Thus he missed 5 targets.

Question 18.
Louisa’s savings change by -$9 each time she goes bowling. In all, it changed by -$99 during the summer. How many times did she go bowling in the summer?
_______

Answer: 11 times

Explanation:
Given,
Louisa’s savings change by -$9 each time she goes bowling.
In all, it changed by -$99 during the summer.
We divide the change in the savings by the amount she spends each time at bowling:
-99 ÷ -9 = 11
She was bowling 11 times.

ESSENTIAL QUESTION CHECK-IN

Question 19.
How is the process of dividing integers similar to the process of multiplying integers?
Type below:
____________

Answer: The process of dividing integers is similar to the process of multiplying integers about the sign of the result which is positive in case both numbers have the same sign and negative when they have different signs.

Dividing Integers – Independent Practice – Page No. 47

Question 20.
Walter buys a bus pass for $30. Every time he rides the bus, money is deducted from the value of the pass. He rode 12 times and $24 was deducted from the value of the pass. How much does each bus ride cost?
$ _______

Answer: 2

Explanation:
We divide the total amount deducted fro the value of the pass by the number of times he rode the bus:
-24 ÷ 12 = -2
The price of a bus ride is $2.

Question 21.
Analyze Relationships Elisa withdrew $20 at a time from her bank account and withdrew a total of $140. Francis withdrew $45 at a time from his bank account and withdrew a total of $270. Who made the greater number of withdrawals? Justify your answer.
___________

Answer: Elisa

Explanation:
We divide the total withdrew Elisa made by the amount she withdrew each time:
-140 ÷ -20 = 7
We divide the total withdraw Francis made by the amount he withdrew each time:
-270 ÷ -45 = 6
Since Elisa made 7 withdrawals and Francis only 6, it means Elisa made a greater number of withdrawals.

Question 22.
Multistep At 7 p.m. last night, the temperature was 10 °F. At 7 a.m. the next morning, the temperature was -2 °F.
a. By how much did the temperature change from 7 p.m. to 7 a.m.?
_______ degrees

Answer: 12 degrees

Explanation:
We are given the data:
7 p.m: 10°F.
7 a.m: -2 °F.
We determine by how much the temperature changed from 7 p.m to 7 a.m by subtraction the initial temperature from the final temperature:
-2 – 10 = -12
Thus the temperature decreased by 12 degrees.

Question 22.
b. The temperature changed by a steady amount overnight. By how much did it change each hour?
_______ degrees each hour

Answer: 1

Explanation:
We divide the total change of temperature by the number of hours to determine by how much the temperature changed each hour:
-12 ÷ 12 = -1
The temperature decreased by 1°F each hour.

Question 23.
Analyze Relationships Nola hiked down a trail at a steady rate for 10 minutes. Her change in elevation was -200 feet. Then she continued to hike down for another 20 minutes at a different rate. Her change in elevation for this part of the hike was -300 feet. During which portion of the hike did she walk down at a faster rate? Explain your reasoning.
___________ was faster

Answer:
First trail: -200 feet in 10 minutes
Second trail -300 feet in 20 minutes
we determine the rate she walked down on the first trail by dividing the elevation by the time she walked on that trail:
-200 ÷ 10 = -20
The rate was 20 feet/minute.
we determine the rate she walked down on the second trail by dividing the elevation by the time she walked on that trail:
-300 ÷ 20 = -15
The rate was 15 feet/minute.

Question 24.
Write a real world description to fit the expression -50 ÷ 5.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Example:
Mary planned to lose 50 pounds at a constant rate for 5 months. How much she lose each month?
-50 ÷ 5 = -10
Thus she should lose 10 pounds each month.

Dividing Integers – Page No. 48

Question 25.
Communicate Mathematical Ideas Two integers, a and b, have different signs. The absolute value of integer a is divisible by the absolute value of integer b. Find two integers that fit this description. Then decide if the product of the integers is greater than or less than the quotient of the integers. Show your work.
product ___________ quotient

Answer:
Let’s consider two positive numbers to represent |a| and |b|
Case 1: a = 12, b = -4
a . b = 12 . (-4) = -48
a ÷ b = 12 ÷ (-4) = 3
or
Case 2: a = -12, b = 4
a . b = -12 . 4 = -48
a ÷ b = -12 ÷ 4 = -3
In both the cases the product is smaller than the quotient and the happens because one number is positive and the other negative and because |a| is divisible by |b|
a . b ≤ a ÷ b

Determine if each statement is true or false. Justify your answer.

Question 26.
For any two nonzero integers, the product and quotient have the same sign.
___________

Answer: True
The statement is true because both division and multiplication operate in the same way about signs, the difference being that the absolute values are either multiplied or divided which doesn’t make any difference regarding the signs.

Question 27.
Any nonzero integer divided by 0 equals 0.
___________

Answer: False
The statement is false because the divisor cannot be zero, division is undefined in this case no matter the dividend.

FOCUS ON HIGHER ORDER THINKING

Question 28.
Multi-step A perfect score on a test with 25 questions is 100. Each question is worth the same number of points.
a. How many points is each question on the test worth?
_______ points

Answer: 4

Explanation:
We determine the number of points each question worth by dividing the perfect score to the number of questions:
100 ÷ 25 = 4

Question 28.
b. Fred got a score of 84 on the test. Write a division sentence using negative numbers where the quotient represents the number of questions Fred answered incorrectly.
_______ questions

Answer: 4

Explanation:
The number of questions Fred answered incorrectly is:
(84 – 100) ÷ (-4) = -16 ÷ -4 = 4
The number of questions Fred answered incorrectly is 4.

Question 29.
Persevere in Problem Solving Colleen divided integer a by -3 and got 8. Then she divided 8 by integer b and got -4. Find the quotient of integer a and integer b.
a ÷ b = _______

Answer: 12

Explanation:
a ÷ (-3) = 8
8 ÷ b = -4
a = 8(-3) = -24
a = -24
b = 8 ÷ (-4)
b = -2
a ÷ b = -24 ÷ -2 = 12

Question 30.
Justify Reasoning The quotient of two negative integers results in an integer. How does the value of the quotient compare to the value of the original two integers? Explain.
Type below:
___________

Answer: Since the quotient of two negative numbers is positive, it will always be greater than the original two integers.

Applying Integer Operations – Guided Practice – Page No. 52

Evaluate each expression.

Question 1.
−6(−5) + 12 =
_______

Answer: 42

Explanation:
We are given the expression:
−6(−5) + 12
First, multiply -6 and -5
−6(−5) + 12 = 30 + 12 = 42

Question 2.
3(−6) − 3 =
_______

Answer: -21

Explanation:
We are given the expression:
3(−6) − 3 = -18 – 3
= -21
3(−6) − 3 = -21

Question 3.
(−2)8 + 7 =
_______

Answer: -9

Explanation:
We are given the expression:
(−2)8 + 7 = -2 × 8 + 7
= -16 + 7 = -9

Question 4.
4(−13) + 20 =
_______

Answer: -32

Explanation:
We are given the expression:
4(−13) + 20 = -52 + 20 = -32

Question 5.
(−4)(0) − 4 =
_______

Answer: -4

Explanation:
We are given the expression:
(−4)(0) − 4 = 0 – 4 = -4

Question 6.
−3(−5) − 16 =
_______

Answer: -1

Explanation:
We are given the expression:
−3(−5) − 16 = 15 – 16 = -1

Write an expression to represent the situation. Evaluate the expression and answer the question.

Question 7.
Bella pays 7 payments of $5 each to a game store. She returns one game and receives 20 dollars back. What is the change to the amount of money she has?
$ _______

Answer: 15 less

Explanation:
Given that,
Bella pays 7 payments of $5 each to a game store. She returns one game and receives 20 dollars back.
7(-5) + 20 = -35 + 20 = -15
Thus she will have $15 less.

Question 8.
Ron lost 10 points seven times playing a video game. He then lost an additional 100 points for going over the time limit. What was the total change in his score?
_______ points

Answer: 170 points

Explanation:
We use negative numbers for the number of points he losses.
7(-10) + (-100) = -70 – 100 = -170
Thus he will have 170 points less.

Question 9.
Ned took a test with 25 questions. He lost 4 points for each of the 6 questions he got wrong and earned an additional 10 points for answering a bonus question correctly. How many points did Ned receive or lose overall?
_______ points

Answer: He lost 14 points

Explanation:
Given,
Ned took a test with 25 questions. He lost 4 points for each of the 6 questions he got wrong and earned an additional 10 points for answering a bonus question correctly.
6(-4) + 10 = -24 + 10 = -14
Since he lost the same number of points for each of the 6 questions he answered incorrectly, we use multiplication to determine the number of points he lost, then we add the number of points he received as a bonus.
Thus he lost 14 points.

Question 10.
Mr. Harris has some money in his wallet. He pays the babysitter $12 an hour for 4 hours of babysitting. His wife gives him 10, and he puts the money in his wallet. By how much does the amount in his wallet change?
$ _______

Answer: $38 less

Explanation:
Given,
Mr. Harris has some money in his wallet. He pays the babysitter $12 an hour for 4 hours of babysitting.
His wife gives him 10, and he puts the money in his wallet.
Since she paid 4 times the amount of $12, we use multiplication to determine the money he spent paying the babysitter, then we add the money received from his wife.
The change to the amount of money he has is:
4(12) + 10 = -48 + 10 = -38
Thus he will have $38 less.

Compare the values of the two expressions using <, =, or >.

Question 11.
-3(-2) + 3 _______ 3(-4) + 9

Answer: -3(-2) + 3 > 3(-4) + 9

Explanation:
-3(-2) + 3 = 6 + 3 = 9
3(-4) + 9 = -12 + 9 = -3
9 is greater than -3
So, -3(-2) + 3 > 3(-4) + 9

Question 12.
-8(-2) – 20 _______ 3(-2) + 2

Answer: -8(-2) – 20 = 3(-2) + 2

Explanation:
-8(-2) – 20 = 16 – 20 = -4
3(-2) + 2 = -6 + 2 = -4
-4 = -4
Thus, -8(-2) – 20 = 3(-2) + 2

Question 13.
-7(5) – 9 _______ -3(20) + 10

Answer: -7(5) – 9 > -3(20) + 10

Explanation:
-7(5) – 9 = -35 – 9 = -44
-3(20) + 10 = -60 + 10 = -50
-44 is greater than -50
So, -7(5) – 9 > -3(20) + 10

Question 14.
-16(0) – 3 _______ -8(-2) – 3

Answer: -16(0) – 3 < -8(-2) – 3

Explanation:
-16(0) – 3 = 0 – 3 = -3
-8(-2) – 3 = 16 – 3 = 13
-3 is less than 13.
Thus -16(0) – 3 < -8(-2) – 3

Essential Question Check-In

Question 15.
When you solve a problem involving money, what can a negative answer represent?
Type below:
___________

Answer:
A negative answer in a problem involving money can represent:
– an amount of money spent on something
– a stolen amount of money
– a lent amount of money
– a donated amount of money
– an amount of money given for fines, fees

Applying Integer Operations – Independent Practice – Page No. 53

Evaluate each expression.

Question 16.
−12(−3) + 7
_______

Answer: 43

Explanation:
We are given the expression:
−12(−3) + 7
We perform multiplication first, then addition:
-12(-3) + 7 = 36 + 7 = 43

Question 17.
(−42) ÷ (−6) + 5 − 8
_______

Answer: 4

Explanation:
We are given the expression:
(−42) ÷ (−6) + 5 − 8
((−42) ÷ (−6)) + 5 − 8 = 7 + 5 – 8
12 – 8 = 4

Question 18.
10(−60) − 18
_______

Answer: -618

Explanation:
We are given the expression:
10(−60) − 18
We perform multiplication first, then subtraction:
-600 – 18 = -618

Question 19.
(−11)(−7) + 5 − 82
_______

Answer: 0

Explanation:
We are given the expression:
(−11)(−7) + 5 − 82
We perform multiplication first, then subtraction:
77 + 5 – 82
82 – 82 = 0
(−11)(−7) + 5 − 82 = 0

Question 20.
35 ÷ (−7) + 6
_______

Answer: 1

Explanation:
We are given the expression:
35 ÷ (−7) + 6
We perform division first, then addition:
35 ÷ (−7) + 6 = -5 + 6 = 1
35 ÷ (−7) + 6 = 1

Question 21.
−13(−2) − 16 − 8
_______

Answer: 2

Explanation:
We are given the expression:
−13(−2) − 16 − 8
We perform multiplication first, then subtraction:
26 – 16 – 8
10 – 8 = 2
−13(−2) − 16 − 8 = 2

Question 22.
Multistep
Lily and Rose are playing a game. In the game, each player starts with 0 points and the player with the most points at the end wins. Lily gains 5 points two times, loses 12 points, and then gains 3 points. Rose loses 3 points two times, loses 1 point, gains 6 points, and then gains 7 points.
a. Write and evaluate an expression to find Lily’s score
_______ point(s)

Answer: 1 point

Explanation:
We write and evaluate an expression to find Lily’s score:
2(5) – 12 + 3 = 10 – 12 + 3 = -2 + 3 = 1

Question 22.
b. Write and evaluate an expression to find Rose’s score.
_______ point(s)

Answer: 6 points

Explanation:
We write and evaluate an expression to find Rose’s score:
2(-3) – 1 + 6 + 7 = -6 – 1 + 6 + 7 = -7 + 6 + 7
= 0 + 6 = 6

Question 22.
c. Who won the game?
___________

Answer: Rose

Explanation:
6 > 1
So, Rose won the game because her score is greater than Lily’s score.

Write an expression from the description. Then evaluate the expression.

Question 23.
8 less than the product of 5 and -4.
_______

Answer: -28

Explanation:
The phrase product means multiplication and less than means subtraction.
So, the expression is 5(-4) – 8 = -20 – 8 = -28

Question 24.
9 more than the quotient of -36 and -4.
_______

Answer: 18

Explanation:
The phrase quotient means division and more than means addition.
So, we write the expression as -36 ÷ (-4) + 9
= 9 + 9 =18

Question 25.
Multistep
Arleen has a gift card for a local lawn and garden store. She uses the gift card to rent a tiller for 4 days. It costs 35 dollars per day to rent the tiller. She also buys a rake for $9.
a. Find the change to the value on her gift card.
$ _______

Answer: -149

Explanation:
We determine the change to the value on her gift card:
4(-35) + (-9) = -140 – 9 = – 149

Question 25.
b. The original amount on the gift card was $200. Does Arleen have enough left on the card to buy a wheelbarrow for $50? Explain.
________________

Answer: yes

Explanation:
We determine the amount of money she has left on the gift card after renting the tiler and buying the rake.
200 – 149 = 51
Since she has got $51 on the gift card and a wheelbarrow is $50 she is able to but it.
51 > 50

Applying Integer Operations – Page No. 54

Question 26.
Carlos made up a game where, in a deck of cards, the red cards (hearts and diamonds) are negative and the black cards (spades and clubs) are positive. All face cards are worth 10 points, and number cards are worth their value.
a. Samantha has a king of hearts, a jack of diamonds, and a 3 of spades. Write an expression to find the value of her cards.
_______

Answer: -17

Explanation:
We use negative values for hearts and diamonds and positive values for spades and clubs
1(-10) + 1(-10) + 1(3)
-10 – 10 + 3 = -17

Question 26.
b. Warren has a 7 of clubs, a 2 of spades, and a 7 of hearts. Write an expression to find the value of his cards.
_______

Answer: 2

Explanation:
We use negative values for hearts and diamonds and positive values for spades and clubs
1(7) + 1(2) + 1(-7)
7 + 2 – 7 = 0 + 2 = 2

Question 26.
c. If the greater score wins, who won?
___________

Answer: Warren
2 > -17

Question 26.
d. If a player always gets three cards, describe two different ways to receive a score of 7.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
10 – 2 – 1 = 7 (a queen of spades, a 2 of hearts and an ace of diamonds)
1 + 2 + 4 = 7 (an ace of clubs, a 2 of spades and a 4 of clubs)
-10 + 10 + 7 = 7 (a king of diamonds, a jack of spades and a 7 of clubs)

H.O.T.

Focus On Higher Order Thinking

Question 27.
Represent Real-World Problems
Write a problem that the expression 3(-7) – 10 + 25 = -6 could represent.
Type below:
___________

Answer: -6

Explanation:
We are given the expression:
3(-7) – 10 + 25 = -6
Example:
Adrian has some savings from which he buys 3 books $7 each and a video game for which he pays $10. His sister gives him $5. Whats is the total change in his savings?
3(-7) – 10 + 25 = -21 – 10 + 25 = -31 + 25 = -6

Question 28.
Critique Reasoning
Jim found the quotient of two integers and got a positive integer. He added another integer to the quotient and got a positive integer. His sister Kim says that all the integers Jim used to get this result must be positive. Do you agree? Explain.
___________

Answer: Kim is wrong

Explanation:
Let a, b, c be three integers.
We note by a, b the first two integers and by c the third one.
a ÷ b > 0
a ÷ b + c  > 0
Because the quotient a ÷ b is positive it means that either a, b are both positive or they are both negative.
Adding the third number to the positive quotient gives a positive result either if c positive or is negative, but having an absolute value smaller than that of the quotient a ÷ b.
Example:
a = -12
b = -2
c = -3
a ÷ b + c = (-12) ÷ (-2) + (-3) = 6 + (-3)
6 – 3 = 3
3 > 0
Thus kim is wrong.

Question 29.
Persevere in Problem Solving
Lisa is standing on a dock beside a lake. She drops a rock from her hand into the lake. After the rock hits the surface of the lake, the rock’s distance from the lake’s surface changes at a rate of -5 inches per second. If Lisa holds her hand 5 feet above the lake’s surface, how far from Lisa’s hand is the rock 4 seconds after it hits the surface?
________ inches

Answer: 80 inches

Explanation:
We use negative values for the distances the rock gets into the water and the distance from Lisa’s hand until the water’s surface as both go down.
Convert from feet to inches.
1 feet = 12 inches
5 feet = 5 × 12 = 60 inches
After 4 seconds the distance from Lisa’s hand will be given by the sum between the distance from Lisa’s hand until the water’s surface and the distance traveled by the rock below the water’s surface.
4(-5) + (-60) = -20 – 60 = -80
Thus the rock will be 80 inches from Lisa’s hand.

MODULE QUIZ – 2.1 Multiplying Integers – Page No. 55

Find each product.

Question 1.
(−2)(3)
______

Answer: -6

Explanation:
We have to determine the product
(−2)(3)
The numbers have different signs, thus the result will be negative.
We multiply the absolute values of the numbers and assign the negative sign.
-2 × 3 = -6

Question 2.
(−5)(−7)
______

Answer: 35

Explanation:
We have to determine the product
(−5)(−7)
The numbers have the same signs, thus the result will be positive.
We multiply the absolute values of the numbers and assign a positive sign.
(−5)(−7) = 35

Question 3.
8(−11)
______

Answer: -88

Explanation:
We have to determine the product
8(−11)
The numbers have different signs, thus the result will be negative.
We multiply the absolute values of the numbers and assign the negative sign.
8(−11) = -88

Question 4.
(−3)2(−2)
______

Answer: 12

Explanation:
We have to determine the product
(−3)2(−2)
The numbers have the same signs, thus the result will be positive.
We multiply the absolute values of the numbers and assign a positive sign.
(−3)2(−2) = -6 × -2 = 12

Question 5.
The temperature dropped 3 °C every hour for 5 hours. Write an integer that represents the change in temperature.
______ °C

Answer: -15°C

Explanation:
Given that,
The temperature dropped 3 °C every hour for 5 hours.
We use negative numbers for the drop in temperature. Since the temperature dropped with the same number of degrees each hour, the change in temperature will be represented by the result of the multiplication.
5 × -3 = -15 °C

2.2 Dividing Integers

Find each quotient.

Question 6.
\(\frac{-63}{7}\)
______

Answer: -9

Explanation:
We have to determine the quotient:
\(\frac{-63}{7}\)
The numbers have different signs, thus the result will be negative.
We divide the absolute values of the numbers and assign the negative sign.
\(\frac{-63}{7}\) = -9
Thus the quotient of \(\frac{-63}{7}\) is -9

Question 6.
\(\frac{-15}{-3}\)
______

Answer: 5

Explanation:
We have to determine the quotient:
\(\frac{-15}{-3}\)
The numbers have the same signs, thus the result will be positive.
We divide the absolute values of the numbers and assign a positive sign.
\(\frac{-15}{-3}\) = 5
Thus the quotient of \(\frac{-15}{-3}\) is 5.

Question 8.
0 ÷ (−15)
______

Answer: 0

Explanation:
We have to determine the quotient:
0 ÷ (−15)
If one of the numbers is zero then the quotient will be 0.
0 ÷ (−15) = 0

Question 9.
96 ÷ (−12)
______

Answer: -8

Explanation:
We have to determine the quotient:
96 ÷ (−12)
The numbers have different signs, thus the result will be negative.
We divide the absolute values of the numbers and assign the negative sign.
12 divides 96 eight times
So, 96 ÷ (−12) = -8

Question 10.
An elephant at the zoo lost 24 pounds over 6 months. The elephant lost the same amount of weight each month. Write an integer that represents the change in the elephant’s weight each month.
______ pounds

Answer: – 4 pounds

Explanation:
Given that,
An elephant at the zoo lost 24 pounds over 6 months.
The elephant lost the same amount of weight each month.
We use the negative numbers for the drop in weight.
Since the elephant’s weight decreased each month with the same amount, the change in the elephant’s weight each month will be represented by the result of the division:
-24 ÷ 6 = – 4
Thus the change in the elephant’s weight each month is -4 pounds.

2.3 Applying Integer Operations

Evaluate each expression.

Question 11.
(−4)(5) + 8
______

Answer: -12

Explanation:
Given the expression
(−4)(5) + 8
We have to perform multiplication first and then addition
-20 + 8 = -12
So, (−4)(5) + 8 is -12.

Question 12.
(−3)(−6) − 7
______

Answer: 11

Explanation:
Given the expression
(−3)(−6) − 7
We have to perform multiplication first and then subtraction
18 – 7 = 11
Thus (−3)(−6) − 7 = 11

Question 13.
−27 ÷ 9 − 11
______

Answer: -14

Explanation:
Given the expression
−27 ÷ 9 − 11
We have to perform division first and then subtraction
-3 – 11 = -14
So the answer for the expression −27 ÷ 9 − 11 is -14

Question 14.
\(\frac{-24}{-3}\) − (−2)

Answer: 10

Explanation:
Given the expression
\(\frac{-24}{-3}\) − (−2)
We have to perform division first and then subtraction
The numbers have the same signs, thus the result will be positive.
We divide the absolute values of the numbers and assign a positive sign.
\(\frac{-24}{-3}\) = 8
8 – (-2) = 8 + 2 = 10

Essential Question

Question 15.
Write and solve a real-world problem that can be represented by the expression (–3)(5) + 10.
Type below:
___________

Answer: $5

Example:
Lily bought 5 DVDs $3 each and was given a prize of $ 10 for winning a competition. What is the change in her account after these events?
Answer:
5(-3) + 10 = -15 + 10 = -5
Thus she has $5 less in her account.

MIXED REVIEW – Selected Response – Page No. 56

Question 1.
A diver is at an elevation of -18 feet relative to sea level. The diver descends to an undersea cave that is 4 times as far from the surface. What is the elevation of the cave?
Options:
a. -72 feet
b. -22 feet
c. -18 feet
d. -14 feet

Answer: -72 feet

Explanation:
A diver is at an elevation of -18 feet relative to sea level.
The diver descends to an undersea cave that is 4 times as far from the surface.
We determine the elevation of the cave using multiplication as the diver descends 4 times the distance of -18 feet:
4 × -18 = -72
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 2.
The football team lost 4 yards on 2 plays in a row. Which of the following could represent the change in field position?
Options:
a. -12 yards
b. -8 yards
c. -6 yards
d. -2 yards

Answer: -8 yards

Explanation:
We determine the change in field position using multiplication as the team lost twice the distance of 4 yards:
2 × -4 = -8 yards
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 3.
Clayton climbed down 50 meters. He climbed down in 10-meter intervals. In how many intervals did Clayton make his climb?
Options:
a. 5
b. 10
c. 40
d. 500

Answer: 5

Explanation:
We determine the number of intervals using division as Clayton climbed down the total distance in equal 10 meter intervals
-50 ÷ -10 = 5
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 4.
Which expression results in a negative answer?
Options:
a. a negative number divided by a negative number
b. a positive number divided by a negative number
c. a negative number multiplied by a negative number
d. a positive number multiplied by a positive number

Answer:
a. a negative number divided by a negative number gives a positive result.
b. a positive number divided by a negative number gives a negative result.
c. a negative number multiplied by a negative number gives a positive result.
d. a positive number multiplied by a positive number gives a positive result.
The only situation in which we get a negative result is in case B, thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 5.
Clara played a video game before she left the house to go on a walk. She started with 0 points, lost 6 points 3 times, won 4 points, and then lost 2 points. How many points did she have when she left the house to go on the walk?
Options:
a. -20
b. -16
c. 12
d. 20

Answer: -16

Explanation:
Clara played a video game before she left the house to go on a walk.
She started with 0 points, lost 6 points 3 times, won 4 points, and then lost 2 points.
3(-6) + 4 – 2 = -18 + 2 = -16
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 6.
Which expression is equal to 0?
Options:
a. \(\frac{-24}{6}\) − 4
b. \(\frac{-24}{-6}\) + 4
c. \(\frac{24}{6}\) + 4
d. \(\frac{-24}{-6}\) − 4

Answer: \(\frac{-24}{-6}\) − 4

Explanation:
a. \(\frac{-24}{6}\) − 4
– 4 – 4 = -8
b. \(\frac{-24}{-6}\) + 4
4 + 4 = 8
c. \(\frac{24}{6}\) + 4
4 + 4 = 8
d. \(\frac{-24}{-6}\) − 4
4 – 4 = 0
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Mini-Task

Question 7.
Rochelle and Denae started with the same amount of money in their bank accounts. Rochelle made three withdrawals of $25 and then wrote a $100 check. Denae deposited $5 and then wrote a $200 check.
a. Find the total change in the amount of money in Rochelle’s account.
$ _______

Answer: -175

Explanation:
We use positive values for deposited money and negative values for withdrawals and written checks.
3(-25) – 100 = -75 – 100 = -175

Question 7.
b. Find the total change in the amount of money in Denae’s account.
$ _______

Answer: -195

Explanation:
We find the total change in the amount of money in Rochelle’s account:
5 + (-200) = -195

Question 7.
c. Compare the amounts of money the two women have in their accounts now.
Type below:
___________

Answer: 20

Explanation:
Since they started with the same amount of money and Rochelle’s account decreased by $175, while Denae’s account decreased by $195, it means Rochelle has an account greater than Denae’s by the sum of
195 – 175 = 20

Module 2 Review – Multiplying and Dividing Integers – Page No. 104

EXERCISES

Question 1.
−9 × (−5) =
________

Answer: 45

Explanation:
Given,
−9 × (−5)
Since the two integers have the same sign, the answer will be positive.
Multiply both the numbers.
−9 × (−5) = 45

Question 2.
0 × (−10) =
________

Answer: 0

Explanation:
Given,
Any number multiplied with zero will be zero.
0 × (−10) = 0

Question 3.
12 × (−4) =
________

Answer: -48

Explanation:
Given,
12 × (−4)
Since the two integers have different signs, the answer will be negative.
12 × (−4) = -48

Question 4.
−32 ÷ 8 =
________

Answer: -4

Explanation:
Given,
−32 ÷ 8
Since the two integers have different signs, the answer will be negative.
−32 ÷ 8 = -4

Question 5.
−9 ÷ (−1) =
________

Answer: 9

Explanation:
Given,
Since the two integers have the same sign, the answer will be positive.
Divide both the numbers.
−9 ÷ (−1) = 9

Question 6.
−56 ÷ 8 =
________

Answer: -7

Explanation:
Given,
Since the two integers have different signs, the answer will be negative.
Divide both the numbers.
−56 ÷ 8 = -7

Question 7.
−14 ÷ 2 − 3 =
________

Answer: -10

Explanation:
Given,
−14 ÷ 2 − 3 = (−14 ÷ 2) − 3
– 7 – 3 = -10

Question 8.
8 + (−20) × 3 =
________

Answer: -52

Explanation:
Given,
8 + (−20) × 3 = 8 – 60 = -52

Question 9.
36 ÷ (−6) − 15 =
________

Answer: -21

Explanation:
Given,
36 ÷ (−6) − 15 = (36 ÷ (−6)) − 15
– 6 – 15 = -21

Question 10.
Tony bought 3 packs of pencils for 4 each and a pencil box for 7. Mario bought 4 binders for 6 each and used a coupon for 6 off. Write and evaluate expressions to find who spent more money.
_____________

Answer: Tony

Explanation:
Tony bought 3 packs of pencils for 4 each and a pencil box for 7.
Mario bought 4 binders for 6 each and used a coupon for 6 off.
Find the total amount that Tony spent
3 × 4 + 7 = 12 + 7 = $19
Find the total amount that Mario spent this is less than Tony’s amount so Tony spent more.
4 × 6 – 6 = 24 – 6 = $18
Compare the amount that Tony and Mario spent
Tony spent more.

Conclusion:

The solutions provided in the Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers pdf are prepared by the math experts. This Go Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 helps the students to score the highest marks in the exams. It also helps the teachers and parents to help their children in solving the problems in Go Math Grade 7 Key Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 11 Angles Review/Test

go-math-grade-4-chapter-11-angles-review-test-answer-key

Test your knowledge and math skills by using the Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 11 Angles Review/Test and understand the topics clearly. Explore how to measure the angles using various methods with Go Math Grade 4 Ch 11 Angles Solution Key & score well. Moreover, you will get a detailed explanation with diagrams on Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 11 Angles Review/Test.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 11 Angles Review/Test

Access the links provided below and directly download the Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 11 Angles Review/Test in pdf. By using these Grade 4 Go Math Review/test Solutions of chapter 11 Angles, you can easily learn the topics & score high marks in the standard assessments, tests, etc. Make sure that the answers you practiced can be checked via Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 11 Angles & fix it properly.

Review/Test – Page No. 439

Choose the best term from the box.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 11 Angles Review Test img 1

Question 1.
The size of an angle can be measured using a tool called a
______________ .
________

Answer: Protractor
The size of an angle can be measured using a tool called a Protractor

Question 2.
___________ is the direction in which the hands of a clock move.
________

Answer: Clockwise
Clockwise is the direction in which the hands of a clock move.

Tell what fraction of the circle the shaded angle represents.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 11 Angles Review Test img 2
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
The figure shows that the 1/4th part of the circle is shaded. So, the fraction of the shaded angle is 1/4.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 11 Angles Review Test img 3
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
It has completed a 3/4 turn. So, the fraction of the shaded part is 3/4.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 11 Angles Review Test img 4
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
From the figure, we can see that the circle is rotating in the anti-clockwise direction. And it has completed the half turn.
Thus the fraction is 12 turn counterclockwise

Use a protractor to draw the angle.

Question 6.
68°
Type below:
________

Answer:

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 11 Angles Review Test img_2

Question 7.
145°
Type below:
________

Answer:

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 8 Review Test Answer Key img_1

Question 8.
Use a protractor to find the measure of each angle. Label each angle with its measure. Write the sum of the angle measures as an equation.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 11 Angles Review Test img 5

Answer: 110°, 120°, 130°

Explanation:
By using the protractor we can measure each angle of the above circle.
∠NMO = 110°,
∠OMP = 120°,
∠NMP = 130°

Review/Test – Page No. 440

Fill in the bubble completely to show your answer.

Question 9.
Which describes the turn the angle on the circle shows?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 11 Angles Review Test img 6
Options:
a. 90° clockwise
b. 90° counterclockwise
c. 180° clockwise
d. 180° counterclockwise

Answer: 180° counterclockwise

Explanation:
By seeing the above circle we can say that it turns counterclockwise at 180°.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 10.
Which best describes the m/RST? Use a protractor to help you.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 11 Angles Review Test img 7
Options:
a. acute; 48°
b. obtuse; 48°
c. obtuse; 132°
d. obtuse; 148°

Answer: obtuse; 148°

Explanation:
By using the protractor we can measure the angle of the above figure.
The above figure is greater than 90 degrees, so it is an obtuse angle. The measure of the angle is 148 degrees.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 11.
The pocket watch was invented in 1524. The time is 6 P.M. After 1 hour, how many degrees does the minute hand turn?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 11 Angles Review Test img 8
Options:
a. 45°
b. 90°
c. 180°
d. 360°

Answer: 360°

Explanation:
Pocket watches consist of a circular face and three hands that complete a full revolution at different rates: the second hand takes 60 seconds, the minute hand takes 60 minutes, and the hour hand takes 12 hours.
There are 60 seconds in one hour, so in one hour the minute hand has completed a single revolution.
Circles contain 360 degrees so the minute hand, by completing one circle, has traveled 360 degrees after one hour.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Review/Test – Page No. 441

Fill in the bubble completely to show your answer.

Question 12.
What is the unknown angle measure?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 11 Angles Review Test img 9
Options:
a. 25°
b. 115°
c. 125°
d. 180°

Answer: 125°

Explanation:
Sum of the angles = 180°
65° + x° = 180°
x° = 180° – 65°
x° = 125°
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 13.
Which equation can you use to find the ∠WRT?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 11 Angles Review Test img 10
Options:
a. 84° + 69° = ■
b. 84°− 69° = ■
c. 84° × 69° = ■
d. 84° − 153° = ■

Answer: 84° + 69° = ■

Explanation:
To find the unknown angle, we have to do the sum of two angles.
84° + 69° = ■
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 14.
If an angle measures 100º, through what fraction of a circle does the angle turn?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{100}\)
b. \(\frac{1}{4}\)
c. \(\frac{100}{360}\)
d. \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Answer: \(\frac{100}{360}\)

Explanation:
The complete angle is 360°
The angle measures 100º
= \(\frac{100}{360}\)
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Review/Test – Page No. 442

Question 15.
How many right angles are there in an angle that turns through 360º? Explain how you know.
______ right angles

Answer: 4

Explanation:
A circle has 4 right angles. So, an angle that turns through 360º has four right angles.

Question 16.
Soccer practice began at 2:30 P.M. and stopped at 3:00 P.M. because of rain. During this time, through what fraction of a circle did the minute hand turn? How many degrees did the minute hand turn? Explain.

Answer: 30 minutes

Explanation:
A minute watch covers 360 degrees every 60 minutes. In 30 minutes the watch, therefore, covers 180 degrees.

Question 17.
Charlotte divided a whole pizza into 4 pieces. One piece formed a straight angle. One piece formed a right angle. Two pieces formed acute angles with the same degree measure.
A. Draw angles to represent the 4 pieces.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 11 Angles Review Test img 11

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-4-Answer-Key-Homework-FL-Chapter-11-Angles-Review-Test-img-11

Question 17.
B. Label each angle with its degree measure.

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-4-Answer-Key-Homework-FL-Chapter-11-Angles-Review-Test-img-11

Question 17.
C. Label each angle as a fraction of a circle.

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-4-Answer-Key-Homework-FL-Chapter-11-Angles-Review-Test-img-11

Question 17.
D. Write an equation that represents the degree measure of the whole pizza as the sum of the measures of its parts.

Answer:
x = 60/360x + 60/360x + 110/360x + 130/360x
x = 1/6x + 1/6x + 11/36x + 13/36x

Conclusion:

Stay connected with our site and find Grade 4 Go Math Answer Key in pdf format to get the explanations for all the chapters. Have any queries about this Go Math Grade 4 Solution Key Chapter 11 Angles pdf article, check out our page or comment us below. Best Of Luck!!!

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts

go-math-grade-3-chapter-5-use-multiplication-facts-answer-key

Access Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts here for quick reference. Solve various questions from Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 and get basics of multiplication easily. Resolve your queries and practice on your own to understand where you stand in your preparation. Attain the logic behind each problem in the exercise questions from 3rd Grade Go Math Answer Key Ch 5 USe Multiplication Facts and clear the exam with better grades.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts

Step by Step Solution is given in the HMH Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key by subject experts keeping in mind the student’s level of understanding. Have an overview of the concepts present in Grade 3 Chapter 5 through the quick links available. Utilize the Grade 3 HMH Go Math Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts and clear your queries regarding the topics instantly. You just need to click on the below mentioned Go Math 3rd standard Grade 3 Chapter Key links and take your preparation to the next level.

Lesson 1: Algebra • Describe Patterns

Lesson 2: Algebra • Find Unknown Numbers

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Lesson 3: Problem Solving • Use the Distributive Property

Lesson 4: Multiplication Strategies with Multiples of 10

Lesson 5: Multiply 1-Digit Numbers by Multiplies of 10

Chapter 5 Review/Test

Describe Patterns Page No 265

Describe a pattern for the table. Then complete the table.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Describe Patterns img 1
Answer: Add 6 muffins for each pan; Multiply the number of pans by 6.

Explanation:

Now we have to multiple no. of pans by 6
4 × 6 = 24; 5 × 6 = 30

Question 2.

Wagons23456
Wheels81216______________

Answer:

Wagons23456
Wheels812162024

Explanation:

Add 4 wheels for each Wagons; Multiply the number of Wagons by 4
5 × 4 = 20; 6 × 4 = 24

Question 3.

VasesFlowers
214
3_______
428
5_______
642

Answer:

VasesFlowers
214
321
428
535
642

Explanation:

Add 7 flowers for each vase; Multiply the number of flowers by 7
3 × 7 = 21; 5 × 7 = 35

Question 4.

SpidersLegs
18
2_______
324
4_______
540

Answer:

SpidersLegs
18
216
324
432
540

Explanation:

Add 8 legs for each spider and then multiply the number of spiders by 8
i.e., 8 × 2 = 16; 8 × 4 = 32

Problem Solving

Question 5.
Caleb buys 5 cartons of yogurt. Each carton has 8 yogurt cups. How many yogurt cups does Caleb buy?
_________ yogurt cups

Answer: 40 cups

Explanation:

Given,
Caleb buys 5 cartons of yogurt
Each carton has 8 yogurt cups
To find how many yogurt cups does Caleb buy ‘x’
x = 8 × 5 = 40
Thus the number of yogurt cups does Caleb buy is 40 cups

Question 6.
Libby bought 4 packages of pencils. Each package has 6 pencils. How many pencils did Libby buy?
_________ pencils

Answer: 24 pencils

Explanation:

Libby bought 4 packages of pencils
Each package has 6 pencils
Number of pencils did Libby buy is x
x × 1= 6 × 4
x = 24
Therefore no. of pencils Libby bought = 24 pencils

Describe Patterns Lesson Check Page No 266

Question 1.
Which of the following describes a pattern in the table?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Describe Patterns img 2
Options:
a. Multiply by 3.
b. Multiply by 5.
c. Add 1.
d. Add 4.

Answer: Multiply by 5

Explanation:

From the above table, we can see that each chair is added by 5 for each table.
So, multiply the number of tables by 5
The correct answer is option B

Question 2.
Which number completes this table?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Describe Patterns img 3
Options:
a. 30
b. 20
c. 24
d. 22

Answer: 24

Explanation:

Each butterfly is added by 4
Multiply the number of butterflies by 4
4 × 6 = 24 wings
So, the correct answer is option C

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Jennilee buys 7 packs of crayons. There are 6 crayons in each pack. How many crayons does Jennilee buy in all?
Options:
a. 13
b. 36
c. 42
d. 48

Answer: 42

Explanation:

Given that, Jennilee buys 7 packs of crayons
There are 6 crayons in each pack
1 pack = 6 crayons
7 packs = x
x × 1 = 6 × 7
x = 42

Question 4.
Maverick has 5 books of circus tickets. Each book has 5 tickets. How many tickets does Maverick have in all?
Options:
a. 10
b. 15
c. 20
d. 25

Answer: 25

Explanation:

Maverick has 5 books on circus tickets
Each book has 5 tickets
1 book =5 tickets
5 books = x tickets
x × 1 = 5 × 5
x = 25
Thus the correct answer is option D

Question 5.
Bailey walked his dog 2 times each day for 9 days. How many times did Bailey walk his dog in all?
Options:
a. 9
b. 11
c. 18
d. 27

Answer: 18

Explanation:

Given, Bailey walked his dog 2 times each day for 9 days
Number of times did Bailey walk his dog in all = x
x = 9 × 2
x = 18
Thus the correct answer is option C

Question 6.
Drew’s Tree Company delivers pear trees in groups of 4. Yesterday, the company delivered 8 groups of pear trees. How many pear trees were delivered in all?
Options:
a. 12
b. 16
c. 24
d. 32

Answer: 32

Explanation:

Given,

Drew’s Tree Company delivers pear trees in groups of 4
Yesterday, the company delivered 8 groups of pear trees
How many pear trees were delivered in all = x
x = 4 × 8
x = 32
Thus the correct answer is option D

Find Unknown Numbers Page No 271

Find the unknown factor.

Question 1.
n × 3 = 12
Think: How many groups of 3 equal 12?
n = 4

Answer: 4

Explanation:

n × 3 = 12
n = 12/4
n = 3

Question 2.
s × 8 = 64
s = ________

Answer: 8

Explanation:

How many groups of 8 equals 64?

s × 8 = 64
s = 64/8
s = 8

Question 3.
21 = 7 × n
n = ________

Answer: 3

Explanation:

Number of groups 7 equals 21

21 = 7 × n
n = 21/7
n = 3

Question 4.
y × 2 = 18
y = ________

Answer: 9

Explanation:

y × 2 = 18
y = 18/2
y = 9

Question 5.
5 × p = 10
p = ________

Answer: 2

Explanation:

p is the unknown factor

5p = 10
p = 10/5
p = 2

Question 6.
56 = 8 × t
t = ________

Answer: 7

Explanation:

8 × t = 56
8t = 56
t = 56/8
t = 7
Therefore, the answer is 7

Question 7.
m × 4 = 28
m = ________

Answer: 7

Explanation:

Here m is the unknown product
4 × m = 28
4m = 28
m = 28/4
m = 7

Question 8.
★ × 1 = 9
★ = ________

Answer: 9

Explanation:

Here the symbol ★ is the unknown product
★ = 9/1
★ = 9

Question 9.
18 = 6 × r
r = ________

Answer: 3

Explanation:

r is the unknown product
6 × r = 18
r = 18/6
r = 3

Question 10.
u × 5 = 30
u = ________

Answer: 6

Explanation:

u is the unknown product
u × 5 = 30
5u = 30
u = 30/5
u = 6

Question 11.
4 × ■ = 24
■ = ________

Answer: 6

Explanation:

■ is the unknown product
4 × ■ = 24
■ = 24/4
■ = 6
Therefore the answer is 6

Question 12.
w × 7 = 35
w = ________

Answer: 5

Explanation:

The letter w is the unknown product
w × 7 = 35
w = 35/7
w = 5

Question 13.
b × 6 = 54
b = ________

Answer: 9

Explanation:

b × 6 = 54
b = 54/6
b = 9
Thus the unknown product is 9

Question 14.
5 × ▲ = 40
▲ = ________

Answer: 8

Explanation:

Here the symbol ▲ is the unknown product
▲ × 5 = 40
▲ = 40/5
▲ = 8

Question 15.
30 = d × 3
d = ________

Answer: 10

Explanation:

d is the unknown product
30 = d × 3
30/3 = d
d = 30/3
d = 10
Therefore the answer is 10

Question 16.
7 × k = 42
k = ________

Answer: 6

Explanation:

k is the unknown product
7 × k = 42
k = 42/7
k = 6

Problem Solving

Question 17.
Carmen spent $42 for 6 hats. How much did each hat cost?
$ ________

Answer: 7

Explanation:

Given that
Carmen spent $42 for 6 hats
The cost spent on each hat = x
x × 6 = 42
x = 42/6
x = 7
Thus Carmen spent $7 for each hat

Question 18.
Mark has a baking tray with 24 cupcakes. The cupcakes are arranged in 4 equal rows. How many cupcakes are in each row?
________ cupcakes

Answer: 6 cupcakes

Explanation:

Mark has a baking tray with 24 cupcakes
The cupcakes are arranged in 4 equal rows
No. of cupcakes in each row = x
x × 4 = 24
x = 24/4
x = 6
Therefore the number of cupcakes in each row = 6

Find Unknown Numbers Lesson Check Page No 272

Question 1.
What is the unknown factor?
b × 7 = 56
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 8
d. 9

Answer: 8

Explanation:

b × 7 = 56
b = 56/7
Now we have to check how many groups of 7 equals 56
7 × 8 = 56
b = 8
Thus the answer is option C

Question 2.
What is the unknown factor shown by this array?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Find Unknown Numbers img 4
3 × ■ = 24
Options:
a. 3
b. 6
c. 8
d. 9

Answer: 8

Explanation:

The unknown product is ■
Here we have to find the product of 3 × ■  which equals 24
3 × ■ = 24
■ = 24/3
■ = 8
Therefore the unknown factor shown by this array is 8

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Which is an example of the Commutative Property of Multiplication?
Options:
a. 6 + 4 = 4 + 6
b. 4 × 6 = 6 × 4
c. 4 × 3 = 4 + 8
d. 3 × 6 = 9 × 2

Answer: 4 × 6 = 6 × 4

Explanation:

According to the commutative property of multiplication, changing the order of the numbers we are multiplying, does not change the product.
a × b = b × a
So, the answer is 4 × 6 = 6 × 4

Question 4.
Find the product.
5 × (4 × 2)
Options:
a. 13
b. 22
c. 40
d. 80

Answer: 40

Explanation:

This is in the form of a × (b × c)
First, multiply 4 and 2
5 × (4 × 2) = 5 × 8
5 × 8 = 40
Therefore the correct answer is option D

Question 5.
Which number sentence is an example of the Distributive Property?
Options:
a. 4 × 7 = (4 × 3) + (4 × 4)
b. 4 × 7 = 7 × 4
c. 4 × 7 = 28
d. 7 × 4 = 15 + 13

Answer: 4 × 7 = (4 × 3) + (4 × 4)

Example:

To “distribute” means to divide something or give a share or part of something. According to the distributive property, multiplying the sum of two or more addends by a number will give the same result as multiplying each addend individually by the number and then adding the products together.
The example of Distributive Property is 4 × 7 = (4 × 3) + (4 × 4)

Question 6.
In a group of 10 boys, each boy had 2 hats. How many hats did they have in all?
Options:
a. 5
b. 12
c. 20
d. 40

Answer: 20

Explanation:

Given that,
Each boy has 2 hats
Group of 10 boys has x hats
x × 1 = 2 × 10
x = 20

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint Page No 273

Vocabulary
Choose the best term from the box.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 5

Question 1.
An __________ is a number sentence that uses the equal sign to show that two amounts are equal.
__________

Answer: Equation

Explanation:

The definition of the Equation is the number sentence that uses an equal sign to show that two amounts are equal.

Concepts and Skills

Describe a pattern in the table. Then complete the table.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 6
Type below:
__________

Answer:

Weeks12345
Days714212835

Explanation:

First of all look for the pattern to complete the table.
As you look across the rows you can find the days are increased by 7 for each week.
Now use the pattern to find the number of days in 4 and 5 weeks.
7 × 4 = 28; 7 × 5 = 35

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 7
Type below:
__________

Answer:

Tickets23456
Cost$8$12$16$20$24

Explanation:

Look for the pattern to complete the table.
As you look across the rows you can find the cost increased by $4 for each ticket.
Now use the pattern to find the cost for 5 and 6 tickets
4 × 5 = 20; 4 × 6 = 24

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 8
Type below:
__________

Answer:

Project TeamsMembers
39
412
515
618
721

Explanation:

Look for the pattern by comparing the columns in the table. You can multiply number of project teams by 3 to find the members.
3 × 5 = 15; 3 × 7 = 21

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 9
Type below:
__________

Answer:

TablesChairs
18
216
324
432
540

Explanation:

Look for the pattern by comparing the rows in the table.
Now multiply the number of tables by 8 so that you can find the number of chairs for 3 and 5 tables.
3 × 8 = 24; 5 × 8 = 40

Find the unknown number.

Question 6.
m × 5 = 30
m = _______

Answer: 6

Explanation:

m is the unknown product
m × 5 = 30
m = 30/5
m = 6
Therefore the value of m is 6

Question 7.
■ × 6 = 48
■ = _______

Answer: 8

Explanation:

■ is the symbol of the unknown product
■ × 6 = 48
■ = 48/6
■ = 8

Question 8.
n = 2 × 10
n = _______

Answer: 5

Explanation:

n is the unknown product
We have to product of where 2 and 10 meet
n = 2 × 10
n = 20

Question 9.
4 × 8 = p
p = _______

Answer: 32

Explanation:

p is the unknown product
p = 8 × 4
p = 32
So, the answer is 32

Question 10.
25 = y × 5
y = _______

Answer: 5

Explanation:

y is the unknown product
y × 5 = 25
y = 25/5
y = 5

Question 11.
★ × 10 = 10
★ = _______

Answer: 1

Explanation:

★ is the symbol of the unknown product
★ × 10 = 10
★ = 10/10
★ = 1

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint Lesson Check Page No 274

Question 12.
Describe a pattern in the table.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 10
Type below:
__________

Answer: Multiply by 6

Explanation:

As you look across the rows, you can see that the number of stickers increases by 6 for each package.

Question 13.
What number makes the equation true?
a × 8 = 72
a = _______

Answer: 9

Explanation:

a is the unknown product
Here we have to find the number that makes the equation true
a × 8 = 72
a = 72/8
a = 9

Question 14.
Mia bought 2 copies of the same book. She spent $18. What was the cost of one book?
$ _______

Answer: $9

Explanation:

Given that, Mia bought 2 copies of the same book.
Mia spent $18 for 2 books
Cost of one book = x
x × 2 = $18
x = 18/2
x = 9
Therefore the cost of one book = $9

Question 15.
Kyle saves $10 every week for 6 weeks. How much money will Kyle have in Week 6?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 11
a. 60

Answer:

Weeks123456
Amount$10$20$30$40$50$60

Explanation:

Look for the pattern to complete the table.
As you look across the rows you can find the amount increased for each week.
You can multiply 10 by week 4, 5 and 6
i.e., 10 × 4 = 40; 10 × 5 = 50; 10 × 6 = 60

Question 16.
Tennis balls cost $7 for a can of 3. Steve gives the cashier $40 to buy balls and receives $12 in change. How many tennis balls did Steve buy?
_______ tennis balls

Answer: 12 tennis balls

Explanation:

Steve spent $40 – $12 = $28
Let y represent the number of cans.
Tennis balls cost $7 for a can of 3
7 × y = 28
y = 28/7
y = 4 cans
So, Steve buys 4 cans of 3 tennis balls
Then, we need to multiply the no. of cans, 4, by the number of tennis balls in each can, 3
4 × 3 = 12 tennis balls

Use the Distributive Property Page No 279

Read each problem and solve.

Question 1.
Each time a student turns in a perfect spelling test, Ms. Ricks puts an achievement square on the bulletin board. There are 6 rows of squares on the bulletin board. Each row has 30 squares. How many perfect spelling tests have been turned in?
Think: 6 × 30 = 6 × (10 + 10 + 10)
= 60 + 60 + 60 = 180
180 spelling tests

Answer: 180 spelling test

Explanation:

There are 6 rows of squares on the bulletin board
Each row has 30 squares
We can use the distributive property to find the number of perfect spelling tests have been turned in
6 × 30 = 6 × (10+10+10)
6 × 10 + 6 × 10 + 6 × 10
60 + 60 + 60 = 180 spelling test

Question 2.
Norma practices violin for 50 minutes every day. How many minutes does Norma practice violin in 7 days?
_______ minutes

Answer: 350 minutes

Explanation:

Given,
Norma practices violin for 50 minutes every day
To find:
How many minutes does Norma practice violin in 7 days?
We can solve this problem by using the distributive property
7 × 50 = 7 × (20 + 30) = (7 × 20) + (7 × 30)
= 350 minutes

Question 3.
A kitchen designer is creating a new backsplash for the wall behind a kitchen sink. The backsplash will have 5 rows of tiles. Each row will have 20 tiles. How many tiles are needed for the entire backsplash?
_______ tiles

Answer: 100 tiles

Explanation:

Given: The backsplash will have 5 rows of tiles
Each row will have 20 tiles
By using a distributive property we can know the no. of tiles are needed for the entire backsplash
5 × 20 = 5 × (10 + 10)
(5× 10) + (5× 10) = 50 +50
= 100 tiles
Therefore 100 tiles are needed for the entire backsplash

Question 4.
A bowling alley keeps shoes in rows of cubbyholes. There are 9 rows of cubbyholes, with 20 cubbyholes in each row. If there is a pair of shoes in every cubbyhole, how many pairs of shoes are there?
_______ pairs of shoes

Answer: 180 pairs of shoes

Explanation:

There are 9 rows of cubbyholes, with 20 cubbyholes in each row
To find the number of pairs of shoes in every cubbyhole
9 × 20 = 9 × (10 + 10)
9 × 10 + 9 × 10
90 + 90 = 180 pairs of shoes

Question 5.
The third-grade students are traveling to the science museum in 8 buses. There are 40 students on each bus. How many students are going to the museum?
_______ students

Answer: 320 students

Explanation:

Given that, The third-grade students are traveling to the science museum in 8 buses
There are 40 students on each bus
We can know the number of students going to the museum by using the distributive property
8 × 40 = 8 × (20 + 20) = 8 × 20 + 8 × 20
160 + 160 = 320 students
Therefore the number of students going to the museum is 320

Use the Distributive Property Lesson Check Page No 280

Question 1.
Each snack pack holds 20 crackers. How many crackers in all are there in 4 snack packs?
Options:
a. 60
b. 80
c. 100
d. 800

Answer: 80

Explanation:

Given:
Each snack pack holds 20 crackers
To find:
How many crackers in all are there in 4 snack packs
By using the Distributive property we can find the crackers in 4 snack packs
4 × 20 = 4 × (10 + 10)
4 × 10 + 4 × 10 = 40 + 40 = 80
Thus the correct answer is option B

Question 2.
A machine makes 70 springs each hour. How many springs will the machine make in 8 hours?
Options:
a. 500
b. 520
c. 540
d. 560

Answer: 560

Explanation:

Given,
A machine makes 70 springs each hour
To find:
How many springs will the machine make in 8 hours
8 × 70 = 8 × (35 + 35)
= (8 × 35) + (8 × 35)
= 280 + 280
= 560
Thus option D is the correct answer

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Lila read 142 pages on Friday and 168 pages on Saturday. Which is the best estimate of how many pages Lila read on Friday and Saturday combined?
Options:
a. 100
b. 200
c. 300
d. 400

Answer: 300

Explanation:

Lila read 142 pages on Friday and 168 pages on Saturday
We can estimate the number of pages Lila read on Friday and Saturday combined by using the Distributive property
142 + 168 = (2 × 71) + (2 × 84) = 300
So, the correct answer is option C

Question 4.
Jessica wrote 6 + 6 + 6 + 6 on the board. Which is another way to show 6 + 6 + 6 + 6?
Options:
a. 4 × 4
b. 4 × 6
c. 4 × 4 × 6
d. 6 × 6

Answer: 4 × 6

Explanation:
Jessica wrote 6 + 6 + 6 + 6 on the board
The another way to write 6 + 6 + 6 + 6 is 4 × 6
Because here 6 is added 4 times. So the multiplication form of 6 + 6 + 6 + 6 is 4 × 6
So, the correct answer is option B

Use the line plot for 5–6.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Use the Distributive Property img 12

Question 5.
Eliot made a line plot to record the number of birds he saw at his bird feeder. How many more sparrows than blue jays did he see?
Options:
a. 2
b. 3
c. 4
d. 5

Answer: 4

Explanation:

Number of sparrows = 5
Number of Blue Jays = 1
To know how many more sparrows than blue jays we have to subtract number of blue jay from number of sparrows
= 5 – 1 = 4
So, the correct answer is option C

Question 6.
How many robins and cardinals combined did Eliot see?
Options:
a. 2
b. 3
c. 4
d. 5

Answer: 5

Explanation:

Number of robins = 3
Number of Cardinals = 2
Total Number of robins and cardinals = 3 + 2 = 5
So, the answer is option D

Multiplication Strategies with Multiples of 10 Page No 285

Use a number line to find the product.

Question 1.
2 × 40 = 80
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Multiplication Strategies with Multiples of 10 img 13

Answer: 80

Explanation:

The number line given above shows that there are 2 groups of 4 tens
So, 2 × 4 tens
2 × 40 = 80

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Multiplication Strategies with Multiples of 10 img 14
4 × 30 = _______

Answer: 120

Explanation:

There are 4 groups of 3 tens
So, the number jumps from 0 to 30, 30 to 60, 60 to 90, and from 90 to 120.
4 × 3 tens = 4 × 30 = 120

Use place value to find the product.

Question 3.
5 × 70 = 5 × _______ tens
= _______ tens = _______

Answer:

i. 7 tens
ii. 35 tens
iii. 350

Explanation:

70 = 7 × 10 = 7 tens
5 × 70 = 35 × 10 = 35 tens = 350

Question 4.
60 × 4 = _______ tens × 4
= _______ tens = _______

Answer:

i. 6 tens
ii. 24 tens
iii. 240

Explanation:

Here 60 is multiplied with 4
60 = 6 × 10 = 6 tens
60 × 4 = 6 tens × 4
24 tens = 24 × 10 = 240

Question 5.
7 × 30 = 7 × _______ tens
= _______ tens = _______

Answer:

i. 3 tens
ii. 21 tens
iii. 210

Explanation:

30 = 3 × 10 = 3 × 1 ten = 3 tens
7 × 30 = 7 × 3 tens
= 21 tens
= 21 × 10 = 210

Question 6.
90 × 3 = _______ tens × 3
= tens = _______

Answer:

i. 9 tens
ii. 27 tens
iii. 270

Explanation:

90 = 9 × 1 ten = 9 × 10 = 9 tens
9 tens × 3 = 27 tens
27 tens = 27 × 1 ten
= 27 × 10 = 270

Problem Solving

Question 7.
One exhibit at the aquarium has 5 fish tanks. Each fish tank holds 50 gallons of water. How much water do the 5 tanks hold in all?
_______ gallons of water

Answer: 250 gallons of water

Explanation:

Given: One exhibit at the aquarium has 5 fish tanks
Each fish tank holds 50 gallons of water
5 × 50 = 5 × 5 tens
= 25 tens = 25 × 1 ten
25 × 10 = 250 gallons of water

Question 8.
In another aquarium display, there are 40 fish in each of 7 large tanks. How many fish are in the display in all?
_______ fish

Answer: 280 fish

Explanation:

There are 40 fish in each of 7 large tanks
To know the number of fishe are in the display in all
40 × 7 = 4 × 1 ten = 4 tens
4 tens × 7 = 28 tens
28 × 10 = 280 fishes

Multiplication Strategies with Multiples of 10 Lesson Check Page No 286

Question 1.
Each bag of pattern blocks contains 50 blocks. To make a class pattern, the teacher combines 4 bags of blocks. How many pattern blocks are there in all?
Options:
a. 20
b. 200
c. 240
d. 250

Answer: 200

Explanation:

Given,
Each bag of pattern blocks contains 50 blocks
To make a class pattern, the teacher combines 4 bags of blocks
Here we make use of multiplication strategies to know the number of pattern blocks
50 × 4 = 5 tens × 4
= 20 tens = 20 × 10 = 200
Therefore the correct answer is option B

Question 2.
A deli received 8 blocks of cheese. Each block of cheese weighs 60 ounces. What is the total weight of the cheeses?
Options:
a. 420 ounces
b. 460 ounces
c. 480 ounces
d. 560 ounces

Answer: 480 ounces

Explanation:

A deli received 8 blocks of cheese
Each block of cheese weighs 60 ounces
60 × 8 = 6 tens × 8
48 tens = 48 × 10 = 480 ounces
So, the correct answer is option C

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Alan and Betty collected cans for recycling. Alan collected 154 cans. Betty collected 215 cans. How many cans did they collect in all?
Options:
a. 369
b. 379
c. 469
d. 479

Answer: 369

Explanation:

Given, Alan and Betty collected cans for recycling
Alan collected 154 cans
Betty collected 215 cans
To know total cans they collected in all, we have to add both the cans of Alan and Betty
154 + 215 = 369 cans
Therefore the correct answer is option A

Question 4.
The third graders collected 754 cans. The fourth graders collected 592 cans. Which is the best estimate of how many more cans the third graders collected?
Options:
a. 50
b. 100
c. 200
d. 300

Answer: 200

Explanation:

Given,
The third graders collected 754 cans
The fourth graders collected 592 cans
To find the best estimate of how many more cans the third graders collected
We have to subtract fourth graders cans from third graders can
Here they are asking the estimated number if cans the third graders collected
754 rounded to the nearest hundred is 800 and
592 rounded to the nearest hundred is 600
800 – 600 = 200
Therefore the correct answer is 200

Use the bar graph for 5–6.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Multiplication Strategies with Multiples of 10 img 15

Question 5.
How many more books did Ed read than Bob?
Options:
a. 2
b. 3
c. 4
d. 5

Answer: 3

Explanation:

The bar graph shows that Ed read 8 books in June
Bob read 5 books in June
To know the number of books Ed read than Bob
We have to subtract the no. of books Bob read from Ed
= 8 – 5 = 3 books
So, the correct answer is option B

Question 6.
How many books in all did the four students read in June?
Options:
a. 22
b. 24
c. 26
d. 36

Answer: 26

Explanation:

Bob read 5 books in June
Ed read 8 books in June
Eve read 7 books in June
Ann read 6 books in June
Total = 5 + 8 + 7 + 6 = 26 books
So, the answer is option C

Multiply 1-Digit Numbers by Multiplies of 10 Page No 291

Find the product. Use base-ten blocks or draw a quick picture.

Question 1.
4 × 50 = 200
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Multiply 1-Digit Numbers by Multiples of 10 img 16

Answer: 200

Explanation:

First, multiply the ones
4 × o ones = 0
Next, multiply the tens
4 × 5 tens = 200

Question 2.
60 × 3 = _______

Answer: 180

Explanation:

Mutliply the ones
3 × o ones = 0
Now multiply the tens
3 × 6 tens = 18 tens = 180

Question 3.
_______ = 60 × 5

Answer: 300

Explanation:

Multiply the ones
5 × 0 ones = 0
Multiply the tens
5 × 6 tens = 30 tens
= 300

Find the product.

Question 4.
3 0
× 8
—–
_______

Answer: 240

Explanation:

Multiply the ones
8 × 0 ones = 0
Multiply the tens
8 × 3 tens = 24 tens = 240

Question 5.
5 0
× 2
—–
_______

Answer: 100

Explanation:

Multiply the ones
2 × 0 ones = 0
Multiply the tens
2 × 5 tens = 10 tens = 100

Question 6.
6 0
× 7
—–
_______

Answer: 420

Explanation:

Multiply the ones
7 × 0 ones = 0
Multiply the tens
7 × 6 tens = 42 tens = 420

Question 7.
70
× 4
—–
_______

Answer: 280

Explanation:

Multiply the ones
4× 0 ones = 0
Multiply the tens
4 × 7 tens = 28 tens = 280

Question 8.
6 × 90 = _______

Answer: 540

Explanation:

Multiply the ones
6 × 0 ones = 0
Multiply the tens
6 × 9 tens = 54 tens = 540

Question 9.
9 × 70 = _______

Answer: 630

Explanation:

Multiply the ones
9 × 0 ones = 0
Multiply the tens
9 × 7 tens = 63 tens = 630

Question 10.
8 × 90 = _______

Answer: 720

Explanation:

Multiply the ones
8 × 0 ones = 0
Multiply the tens
8 × 9 tens = 72 tens = 720

Question 11.
_______ = 6 × 80

Answer: 480

Explanation:

Multiply the ones
6 × 0 ones = 0
Multiply the tens
6 × 8 tens = 48 tens = 480

Problem Solving

Question 12.
Each model car in a set costs $4. There are 30 different model cars in the set. How much would it cost to buy all the model cars in the set?
$ _______

Answer: $120

Explanation:

There are 30 different model cars in the set
Each model car in a set costs $4
To find the cost to buy all the model cars in the set
30 × $4 = $120

Question 13.
Amanda exercises for 50 minutes each day. How many minutes will she exercise in 7 days?
minutes _______

Answer: 350 minutes

Explanation:

Given,
Amanda exercises for 50 minutes each day
We have to find how many minutes will she exercise in 7 days
50 × 7 = 350 minutes

Multiply 1-Digit Numbers by Multiplies of 10 Lesson Check Page No 292

Question 1.
Each shelf in one section of the library holds 30 books. There are 9 shelves in that section. How many books will these shelves hold?
Options:
a. 220
b. 260
c. 270
d. 280

Answer: 270

Explanation:

Given,

Each shelf in one section of the library holds 30 books
There are 9 shelves in that section
30 × 9 = 3 tens × 9
= 27 tens = 270
Therefore the correct answer is option C

Question 2.
One can of juice mix makes 60 ounces of juice. How many ounces of juice can be made from 6 cans of juice mix?
Options:
a. 300 ounces
b. 360 ounces
c. 390 ounces
d. 600 ounces

Answer: 360 ounces

Explanation:

Given,
One can of juice mix makes 60 ounces of juice
Number of ounces of juice can be made from 6 cans of juice mix
60 ounces × 6 = 6 tens × 6
= 36 tens = 360 ounces
Thus the answer is option B

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Sue bought 7 cans of tennis balls. There are 3 balls in each can. How many balls did Sue buy?
Options:
a. 10
b. 21
c. 28
d. 37

Answer: 21

Explanation:

Sue bought 7 cans of tennis balls
There are 3 balls in each can
To know the number of balls Sue buy
We have multiply number of cans and number of balls
= 7 × 3 = 21 balls

Question 4.
Which is an example of the Commutative Property of Multiplication?
Options:
a. 3 + 4 = 4 + 3
b. 5 × 0 = 0
c. 1 × 7 = 7
d. 3 × 4 = 4 × 3

Answer: 3 × 4 = 4 × 3

Explanation:

According to the commutative property of multiplication, changing the order of the numbers we are multiplying, does not change the product.
a × b = b × a
3 × 4 = 4 × 3
Option D is the correct example of the Commutative property

Question 5.
Lyn drew this bar model to solve a problem. Which operation should she use to find the unknown number?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Multiply 1-Digit Numbers by Multiples of 10 img 17
Options:
a. addition
b. division
c. multiplication
d. subtraction

Answer: addition

Explanation:

In order to know the unknown number we have to add both the number of flowers
90 + 54 = 144

Question 6.
Joe drew this bar model to find the unknown number of balls. Which is the correct answer?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Multiply 1-Digit Numbers by Multiples of 10 img 18
Options:
a. 356
b. 256
c. 144
d. 124

Answer: 144

Explanation:

Given that
Joe drew this bar model to find the unknown number of balls
106 balls + ___ = 250 balls
let the unknown number be x
106 + x = 250
x = 250 – 106
x = 144 balls

Review/Test Page No 293

Question 1.
The camping club wants to rent rafts. Each raft can hold 8 people. Which equation could be used to find how many rafts are needed for 32 people?
Options:
a. 8 × 32 = ■
b. 32 × ■ = 8
c. ■ × 8 = 32
d. 32 × 8 = ■

Answer: ■ × 8 = 32

Explanation:

Each raft can hold 8 people
■ represents raft that can hold 32 people
Now we have to multiple number of people with rafts for 32 people
■ × 8 = 32
■ = 32/8
■ = 4
Therefore 4 rafts are needed for 32 people

Question 2.
Select the equations that show the Distributive Property. Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. 8 × 20 = 8 × (10 + 10)
b. 5 × 60 = 5 × (20 + 40)
c. 30 × 6 = 6 × 30
d. 9 × (4 + 3) = 9 × 7

Answer: a, b, d

Explanation:

The sum of two numbers times a third number is equal to the sum of each addend times the third number.
The above 3 options satisfy the law of Distributive Property

Question 3.
Choose the number from the box that makes the sentence true.
A library has 48 shelves of fiction books. There are 6 shelves in each cabinet.
There are Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Review/Test img 19 cabinets of fiction books in the library.
_________

Answer: 8

Explanation:

Let x represents cabinets of fiction in the library
x × 6 = 48
x = 48/6
x = 8
Therefore the answer is 8

Review/Test Page No 294

Question 4.
For numbers 4a–4d, choose True or False for each equation.
a. 5 × (4 + 4) = 8 × 5
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

The above question satisfies the distributive property
5 × (4 + 4) = 5 × 8 = 40
8 × 5 = 40
Therefore LHS = RHS
So, the equation is true

Question 4.
b. 8 × (3 + 3) = 8 × 5
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False

Explanation:

8 × (3 + 3) = 8 × 6 = 48
8 × 5 = 40
So, the equation is false

Question 4.
c. (3 × 5) + (5 × 5) = 8 × 5
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

(3 × 5) + (5 × 5) = 8 × 5
The above question satisfies the distributive property
8 × 5 = 40
(3 × 5) + (5 × 5) = 15 + 25 = 40
Both LHS and RHS are equal
So, the answer is true

Question 4.
d. (3 × 2) + (8 × 3) = 8 × 5
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False

Explanation:

(3 × 2) + (8 × 3)
3 × 2 = 6; 8 × 3 = 24
= (3 × 2) + (8 × 3) = 6 + 24
But it is given as 8 × 5
So, the answer is false

Question 5.
Alya planted 30 trays of flowers. Each tray held 8 flowers. Javon planted 230 flowers. Did Alya plant more flowers than Javon, the same number of flowers as Javon, or fewer flowers than Javon?
Options:
a. She planted more flowers than Javon.
b. She planted the exact same number of flowers as Javon.
c. She planted fewer flowers than Javon. 6.

Answer: She planted more flowers than Javon.

Explanation:

Given that, Alya planted 30 trays of flowers and each tray held 8 flowers
30 × 8 = 240 flowers
So, Alya planted 240 flowers
Javon planted 230 flowers
To know whether Alya plant more flowers than Javon, the same number of flowers as Javon, or fewer flowers than Javon
We have to subtract Number of flowers planted by Javon from Alya
240 – 230 = 10
So, Alya planted more flowers than Javon

Question 6.
For numbers, 6a–6d, choose Yes or No to show whether the unknown number is 6.

a. 4 × ■ = 32

i. Yes
ii. No

Answer: No

Explanation:

■ = 6
Now we have to substitute ■ = 6 in the above question
4 × 6 = 24
So, the answer is No

b. ■ × 6 = 36

i. Yes
ii. No

Answer: Yes

Explanation:

■ = 6
6 × 6 = 36
It satisfies the above equation
So, the answer is Yes

c. 8 × ■ = 49

i. Yes
ii. No

Answer: No

Explanation:

■ = 6
8 × 6 = 48 but not 49
So, the answer is No

d. ■ × 30 = 180

i. Yes
ii. No

Answer:

Explanation:

■ = 6
6 × 30 = 180
It satisfies the above equation
So, the answer is yes

Question 7.

Each train can carry 20 cars. Use the number line to find how many cars 6 trains can carry.

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 5 Answer Key Review

Answer: 120 cars

Chapter 5 Go Math Grade 3 Solution Key Review solution image_1

Explanation:

Each train can carry 20 cars
6 trains can carry x cars
x × 1 = 20 × 6
x = 120 cars

Review/Test Page No 295

Question 8.
Samantha made this multiplication model. Complete the equation that represents the model.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Review/Test img 20
_____ × _____ = _____
Type below:
__________

Answer: 90

Explanation:

Each vertical bar represents a ten. Each group of 3 vertical bars represents 30
We have 3 groups of 30, therefore the equation that represents the model is
3 × 30 = 90 models

Question 9.
A printer prints newsletters for many groups every month. Which group uses the greatest number of pieces of paper?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Review/Test img 21
__________

Answer: Book Lovers Club

Explanation:

From the above table, we can say that Book Lovers Club group uses the greatest number of pieces of paper

Question 10.
A store has 30 boxes of melons. Each box holds 4 bags. Each bag holds 2 melons. What is the total number of melons in the store?
__________ melons

Answer: 240 melons

Explanation:

Given,
A store has 30 boxes of melons
Each box holds 4 bags
Each bag holds 2 melons
1 box holds 4 bags
30 × 4 = 120 bags
1 bag = 2 melons
120 bags = x
x = 120 × 2
x = 240 melons
Therefore total number of melons in the store = 240 melons

Question 11.
Heather’s puppy weighs 23 pounds. He has been gaining 3 pounds every month as he grows. If this pattern continues, how much will the puppy weigh 5 months
from now?
__________ pounds

Answer: 38 pounds

Explanation:

Heather’s puppy weighs 23 pounds
He has been gaining 3 pounds every month as he grows
To find the weigh of the puppy after 5 months
If puppy weights 3 pounds in 1 month
For 5 months it weighs = 3 × 5 = 15 pounds
Actual of Heather’s puppy + puppy weight after 5 months
= 23 + 15 = 38 pounds

Review/Test Page No 296

Question 12.
Tim describes a pattern. He says the pattern shown in the table is “Add 3.” Is Tim correct? Explain how you know.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Review/Test img 22
Type below:
__________

Answer:

No, Tim is not correct
The pattern works for the first pair of numbers 1 + 3 = 4
But it doesn’t work for any of the other pairs. The pattern should be Multiply the number of packages by 4

Question 13.
This shows a part of a multiplication table. Find the missing numbers. Explain how you found the numbers.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Review/Test img 23
Type below:
__________

Answer:

Go Math Grade 3 Key Chapter 5 Review solution image_2

Explanation:

The only numbers that have a product of 35 are 5 and 7. The only numbers that have a product of 40 are 5 and 8.
This tells us that 5 is the number for the row. That means 6 is the next row down, and 7 is the row after that. The factors of 7 and 8 are the columns, so we can multiply to find the missing numbers

Question 14.
Describe a pattern for this table.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Review/Test img 24
Pattern: _____
How would the table change if the pattern was “Multiply the number of tanks by 8”? Explain.
Type below:
__________

Answer: Multiply the number of tanks by 80
The table would change by taking a zero off each number of fish in the second row because you would be multiplying by ones, not tens.

Review/Test Page No 297

Question 15.
Devon has 80 books to pack in boxes. She packs 20 books in each box. How many boxes does she need?
Write an equation using the letter n to stand for the unknown factor. Explain how to find the unknown factor.
Type below:
__________

Answer: n × 20 = 80
We can draw an array of 80 squares with 20 squares in each row.
There are 4 rows, so n = 4. Devon needs 4 boxes.

Go Math 3rd Grade Answer Key for Chapter 5 Review solution image_4

Question 16.
The bookstore has 6 shelves of books about animals. There are 30 books on each shelf. How many books about animals does the bookstore have?
Shade squares to make a diagram to show how you can use the Distributive Property to find the number of books about animals in the bookstore.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Review/Test img 25
__________ animal books

Answer:

6 × (10 + 10 + 10) = (6 × 10) + (6 × 10) + (6 × 10)
= 60 + 60 + 60
= 180 animal books

Grade 3 Go Math Answer Key Chapter 5 Review solution image_3

Review/Test Page No 298

Question 17.
Cody saves all his nickels. Today he is getting them out of his piggy bank and wrapping them to take to the bank. He finds he has 360 nickels. It takes 40 nickels to fill each paper wrapper and make a roll. How many wrappers does he need?
Part A
Write an equation using n for the unknown number. Find the number of wrappers needed.
______ × ______ = ______

Answer: n × 40 = 360

Explanation:

n represents no. of wrappers need
Each paper wrapper needs 40 nickels
Cody has 360 nickels
n × 40 = 360

Question 17.
Part B
Explain how you solved this problem and how you know your answer is correct.
Type below:
__________

Answer:

Explanation:

Given that Cony has 360 nickels
Each paper wrapper needs 40 nickels
Let n be the number of wrappers needed
That means n × 40 = 360
n = 360/40
n = 9
So, n wrappers are needed to make the rolls

Question 18.
Ruben is collecting cans for the recycling contest at school. He makes two plans to try to collect the most cans.
Plan A: Collect 20 cans each week for 9 weeks.
Plan B: Collect 30 cans each week for 7 weeks.
Part A
Which plan should Ruben choose?
__________

Answer: Plan B

Collect 30 cans each week for 7 weeks.

Question 18.
Part B
Explain how you made your choice.
Type below:
__________

Answer:

Given that Ruben is collecting cans for the recycling contest at school
His plan is to collect more cans
That means he has to collect more number of cans in less number of weeks
So, Plan B is perfect to win the recycling contest at school

We hope the info shared regarding the Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 5 Answer Key has been beneficial to you. Refer to Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Extra Practice. Practice is the only key to success and make the most out of the Answer Key available and achieve success in your assessments or tests.

Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key PDF | Chapterwise Grade 8 HMH Go Math Solution Key

go-math-grade-8-answer-key

Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key: Give your kid the Homework help he might need during his preparation with our Go Math 8th Grade Answer Key. Enhance the subject knowledge and practice as much as possible using the 8th Standard Go Math Answer Key to score higher scores. Use the Middle School Go Math Grade 8 Solution Key to clear all your queries and stand out from the rest of the students.

Every concept is provided with a step-by-step solution in order to make your preparation effective. Avail the Grade 8 HMH Go Math Answer Key and be prepared for your tests. Solve the Grade 8 Solutions Key PDF and take the tests with the utmost confidence. Get Chapterwise Solutions for Grade 8 provided here through quick links available below and learn the topics within it accordingly.

HMH Go Math 8th Grade Answer Key

Improve your performance in the formative assessments held with adequate practice. Grade 8th Go Math Solutions Key provided makes you familiar with a variety of questions and gives a clear-cut explanation. Sharpen your skillset in the Subject Maths with our Middle School Grade 8 Answer Key for All the Chapters. You will develop an interest to learn Math on your own after going through the detailed solutions listed in the Grade 8 Go Math Answer Keys.

Grade 8 HMH Go Math – Answer Keys

Grade 8 McGraw Hill Glencoe – Answer Keys

  • Chapter 1: Real Numbers
  • Chapter 2: Equations in One Variable
  • Chapter 3: Equations in Two Variables
  • Chapter 4: Functions
  • Chapter 5: Triangles and the Pythagorean Theorem
  • Chapter 6: Transformations
  • Chapter 7: Congruence and Similarity
  • Chapter 8: Volume and Surface Area
  • Chapter 9: Scatter Plots and Data Analysis

Chapterwise Grade 8 HMH Go Math Answer Key PDF

Go Math Answer Key for Grade 8 helps both students and teachers reach heights. Lateral thinking and a comprehensive approach to solve problems will be inculcated among students. You will have a strong foundation of basics by practicing from the 8th Grade Go Math Solutions Key. In fact, you can be prepared for your assessments and attempt them with full confidence.

Why you should refer to 8th Grade Go Math Answer Key?

You will have plenty of benefits by going through the HMH Grade 8 Go Math Solution Key. They are listed as under

  • Develop your level of understanding by practicing from the Go Math Solutions Key PDF.
  • All the Solutions existing for the Math Concepts are adhering to the latest Go Math Textbooks & Syllabus guidelines.
  • Grade 8 Math Practice 101 Answer Key makes it easy for you to solve a variety of questions.
  • Go Math 8th Grade Answer Keys prepared by highly expertise and all of them are accurate and up to date.

FAQs on Middle School Grade 8 Answer Key

1. Which website offers Go Math 8th Grade Answer Key for free?

ccssmathanswers.com is a reliable portal that offers Go Math Grade 8 Solution Key free of cost. Kick start your preparation using the study material available and make your learning fun.

2. How to download Grade HMH Go Math 8th Grade Answer Key?

Simply tap on the direct links available for all the Chapters of Go Math Grade 8 concepts and prepare the relevant topic you need.

3. Where do I get Chapterwise Middle School Grade 8 Go Math Answer Key?

Avail the Chapterwise 8th Grade Go Math Solutions Key free of cost from our page.

4. Does practicing from Go Math Middle School Grade 8 Solutions Key is enough to score better grades?

Complement your learning with other preparation resources too to get better grades in your assessments.

Solutions to Go Math | Middle School Grade 7 Answer Key PDF Download for All Chapters

go-math-grade-7-answer-key

Go Math Answer Key for Grade 7: Mastering in Maths subject is very important than other subjects. It is more demanding in real-time situations. Every kid should practice and solve all chapters grade 7 questions covered in Go Math Books. Go Math Middle School Grade 7 Answer Key is the perfect solution for getting basic & fundamental maths concepts knowledge. Find out the correct & updated Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key and understand the topics covered in Go Math Textbooks.

Improve your maths skills through this amazing Grade 7 HMH Go Math Answer Key and get ready for the math journey. All worked out solutions explained for the questions in the Go math textbook are included in the given Chapterwise Go math grade 7 Solutions key. Get the chapterwise HMH Go Math 7th Grade Practice book with solutions from here for free of cost and learn efficiently to crack all standard tests with good scores.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Free Pdf Download

Each and every concept related questions and solutions are prepared in Grade 7 Go Math Middle School answer key. These solutions of Go math middle school grade 7 are explained & written by subject experts after ample research and by considering the student’s level of knowledge. Students will observe all illustrated mathematical topics in a simplistic manner to make it easy for understanding the content & intent being the concept. Practice more & more with HMH Go Math 7th Standard Answer Key & solve all complex and difficult questions easily.

Grade 7 HMH Go Math – Answer Keys

Grade 7 McGraw Hill Glencoe – Answer Keys

  • Chapter 1: Ratios and Proportional Reasoning
  • Chapter 2: Percents
  • Chapter 3: Integers
  • Chapter 4: Rational Number
  • Chapter 5: Expressions
  • Chapter 6: Equations and Inequalities
  • Chapter 7: Geometric Figures
  • Chapter 8: Measure Figures
  • Chapter 9: Probability
  • Chapter 10: Statistics
  • Chapter 11: Statistical Measures
  • Chapter 12: Statistical Display

Why Solving Go Math 7th Grade Solution Key is Important?

Numerous advantages are there when solving the 7th grade Go math solution key. Most importantly students should solve the Solve HMH Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key for better practice and holding a good grip on the subject. Some of these benefits are as follows:

  • Every student can assure achievement with Go Math Answer Key for Grade 7.
  • Both Educators and Students can learn all math concepts easily using Middle School Go Math Solutions Key & practice book.
  • Solving HMH Go Math Answers key for Grade 7 develop your mathematical understanding level.
  • It helps to hold a strong foundation on the subject fundamentals and make you score better marks in the exams.

FAQs on Go Math 7th Standard Answer Key Pdf (All Chapters)

1. Can I find Chapterwise Go Math Grade 7 Solution Key Pdf Online?

You can find the Go Math 6th Std Solutions Key of all Chapters Online from our website ie., ccssmathanswers.com for free of cost. This perfect guide helps you prepare to the fullest and learn the concepts efficiently.

2. How to score maximum marks with Go Math Middle School Grade 7 Solutions Key?

Practicing the mathematical concepts from the Middle School Grade 7 Go Math Answer Key makes you familiar with a huge number of questions. So that you can develop your skills and clear your tests effectively with maximum grades.

3. Is there any possibility to solve the toughest Math problems easily?

Yes, by preparing all the chapters of mathematical concepts from the Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key and Practice book you can easily solve complex problems too.

4. How can I download Go Math 7th Standard Answer Key in PDF Format?

Just by clicking on the quick links available on our page, you can download the respective chapter Go math 7th-grade answer key in pdf format. Access them freely and make use of them during your practice sections.

Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key | Download Primary School Second Grade HMH Go Math Answers

Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key

Go Math Grade 2 Solution Key keeps your kid on the right track and offers you a seamless learning experience. Use the learning aids over here to score better grades in your exams. Have deeper insight into the concepts of Primary School Second Grade and stand out from the crowd. Avail the Chapterwise HMH Go Math Answer Key for Grade 2 via quick links available and take your preparation to the next level.

HMH Go Math Second Grade Answers provided are given by subject experts and meets the Common Core State Standards 2019 Curriculum. Primary School Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key includes Questions from Exercises, Chapter Tests, Assessments, Review Tests, Cumulative Practice, etc. Make the most out of the quick resources and grasp the fundamentals of maths that might be useful for you in the mere future.

Primary School Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key for all Chapters

Learn the concepts of 2nd Grade Math in a fun and engaging way. HMH Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key is curated by subject experts keeping in mind students’ level of understanding. Keep your kid on the right track and help them become proficient in maths. Access the Chapterwise Go Math Second Grade Answer Key in PDF Format via quick links available. Just click on the respective chapter you feel like preparing and improve on the areas you feel difficult.

  • Vocabulary Reader: Whales
  • Chapter 1
  • Chapter 2
  • Vocabulary Reader: All About Animals
  • Chapter 3
  • Chapter 4
  • Chapter 5
  • Chapter 6
  • Vocabulary Reader: Making a Kite
  • Chapter 7
  • Chapter 8
  • Chapter 9
  • Chapter 10
  • Vocabulary Reader: A Farmer’s Job
  • Chapter 11
  • Picture Glossary

Features of Common Core Go Math Grade 2 Solution Key

Learn the importance of the HMH Go Math Second Grade Answers by referring to the below-listed steps. They are along the following lines

  • Go Math Grade 2 Solutions are free to download and we don’t charge a single penny from you.
  • All the Go Math Second Grade Answers are aligned as per the Go Math Grade 2 Textbooks.
  • Step by Step Solutions provided for all the concepts of Go Math Grade 2 make it easy for you to understand the concepts in a better way.
  • HMH Go Math Second Grade Answer Key is given by subject experts adhering to the Common Core State Standards.
  • Primary School Grade 2 Go Math Solution Key provided here inculcates higher-order thinking skills among you.

FAQs on Primary School Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key

1. Is there any portal that provides the Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key for free?

ccssmathanswers.com is a trusted portal that provides the Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key for free of cost.

2. How to access the HMH Go Math Grade 2 Answers?

You can access the HMH Go Math Grade 2 Answers via quick links available. Simply click on the direct links available to avail the respective chapter.

3. Where do I get the Chapterwise Go Math Second Grade Answer Key?

You can get the Chapterwise Go Math Second Grade Answer Key organized efficiently on our page.

Go Math Primary School Grade 4 Answer Key PDF for All Chapters | Download Go Math Solutions Key for Grade 4

go-math-grade-4-answer-key

Go Math Answer Key for Grade 4: Clearing all math exams can be tough for students who are pursuing 4th grade but with Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key it can be easy. Because this solutions key is prepared by our highly-experienced subject experts after ample research and easy to understand the concepts too. So, students are implied to answer all the questions while practicing and cross-check the solutions through HMH Go Math 4th Grade Answer Key.

All detailed and step-by-step solutions covered in Go Math HMH Grade 4 Solutions Key are prepared as per the primary school curriculum. All the concepts included in the 4th standard go math textbook are answered in this Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key chapterwise. So, practice and learn the subject to gain good scores.

Free Chapterwise 4th Grade HMH Go Math Answer Key PDF Download

Crazy to solve all mathematical questions in less time with full subject knowledge? then, practicing the Go Math 4th Grade Primary School Answer Key is the best option. It provides strong fundamentals and covers all basic and advanced math concepts. Hence, download all chapters of HMH Go Math Solution Key for Grade 4 and kickstart your preparation. Access the links available over here and practice more to score good grades in the exams.

Common Core Grade 4 HMH Go Math – Answer Keys

Grade 4 Homework Practice FL.

Common Core – Grade 4 – Practice Book

Grade 4 Homework FL. – Answer Keys

Key Highlights of Preparing Go Math Grade 4 Solutions Key

We have listed some of the major points to prepare with Go Math 4th Std Solutions Key here below. Please, check out them before you start your preparation.

  • To gain a deeper knowledge of primary school mathematical concepts accessing the HMH 4th std Go Maths Answer Key is best.
  • You can get familiar with all the concepts & learn them clearly via Grade 4 Go Math Solutions Key.
  • It will make sure that all the solutions covered are explained in detail by the subject experts.
  • Deeper insights and detailed solutions aid your preparation and complete your assessments and homework with ease.
  • Chapterwise Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key are represented with worked examples that help to improve your subject knowledge & understanding the concepts.

FAQs on Go Math Answer Key for 4th Standard

1. When & Where I can use these Go Math 4th Standard Solution Key?

You can make use of these Grade 4 Go Math Answer Key chapterwise while practicing the entire syllabus in a smart way. Also, you may utilize the primary school grade 4 Go Math Answer key to learn and solve various questions covered in the textbook and score well in the exams.

2. From where can I find the Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key PDF?

You can find the You can get Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key PDF from ccssmathanswers.com which is a reliable and trusted website that provides HMH Go Math 4th Grade Answer Key PDF for free.

3. Where do I access Chapterwise 4th Grade HMH Go Math Solution Key?

You can easily access the Chapterwise 4th Grade HMH Go Math Solution Key from our page and attain the corresponding chapter questions and answers which are covered in Go Math Primary School Textbooks.

4. Can I download Go Math Class 4 Primary School Answer Key freely?

Yes, you can download the Go Math Class 4 Primary School Answer Key freely by accessing the direct links presented on this page. Hence, tap on the link to Download & Use it for further learning.

Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key | HMH Go Math First Grade Solutions PDF Free Download

Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key

Teach your kid the basic math skills he might need using the Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key. Create an Impact on their Regular Thinking and help them improve their problem-solving skills and subject knowledge. Look no further and begin your preparation right away to score higher grades in exams. HMH Go Math Answer Key for Grade 1 provided is given after extensive research and is sequenced as per the Go Math 1st Grade Textbooks.

Primary School First Grade Go Math Solution Key PDF format is given for a better learning experience. Solutions provided in the Go Math 1st Grade Answers Key cover questions from all the Exercises, Chapter Tests, Review Tests, Cumulative Practice, etc.  You can download the Chapterwise Go Math Grade 1 Answers in PDF Format and we don’t charge a single penny from you.

Download Chapterwise Go Math First Grade Answer Key

Avail the Primary School Go Math Answer PDF through the quick links provided below. All you have to do is simply click on the respective chapter you wish to prepare and allot time accordingly. Bridge the Knowledge Gap taking the help of the Go Math Grade 1 Solution Key. Kick start your preparation using these resources and clear the exams with flying colors.

  • Vocabulary Reader: Animals in Our World
  • Chapter 1
  • Chapter 2
  • Chapter 3
  • Chapter 4
  • Chapter 5
  • Vocabulary Reader: Around the Neighborhood
  • Chapter 6
  • Chapter 7
  • Chapter 8
  • Vocabulary Reader: All Kinds of Weather
  • Chapter 9
  • Chapter 10
  • Vocabulary Reader: On the Move
  • Chapter 11
  • Chapter 12
  • Picture Glossary

Advantages of Referring to Go Math Grade 1 Answers

Students who are in need of Go Math Grade 1 Homework or Assignments help can access the Grade 1 Go Math Answer Key to resolve their queries. The major benefits of referring to HMH Go Math 1st Grade Answers are as follows

  • HMH Go Math Grade 1 Answers provided boost your confidence while attempting the final exams.
  • Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key provided includes Questions from Chapter Tests, Assessment Tests, Review Tests, Practice Tests, etc.
  • Step by Step Solutions provided for all the Go Math Textbook Questions helps you to gain deeper level knowledge on all the concepts.
  • Solving the Primary School Go Math First Grade Answer Key on a regular basis enhances your speed and accuracy in the actual exams.
  • First Grade Go Math Solution Key is prepared by subject experts and meets the Common Core State Standards Initiative.

FAQs on Primary School Go Math 1st Grade Solution Key

1. Where do I get Primary School Go Math Grade 1 Answers Chapterwise?

You can get Primary School Go Math 1st Grade Answers Chapterwise arranged in an efficient manner.

2. Does practicing from HMH Go Math First Grade Answer Key help you score better marks?

Yes, Practicing from HMH Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key help you score better marks as all the concepts are explained in detail.

3. How to download Common Core Go Math Grade 1 Answers PDF for free? 

You can download the Common Core Go Math Grade 1 Answers PDF for free of cost via quick links. Simply, tap on them and prepare offline too to get a grip on all the concepts.

Solutions Key of Go Math Grade 5 Textbook | Download HMH Go Math 5th Grade Answer Key Pdf

go-math-grade-5-answer-key

Go Math Answer Key for Grade 5: Parents who are concentrating on their kid’s studies must try this Go math 5th Grade Answer Key. It is the most important preparation material for finishing the homework and efficient preparation. You have to practice with this Go math answer key for grade 5 and clear all your queries and score high marks in the exam.

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Go Math 5th Grade Solution key provided detailed solutions and step-wise answers for all chapters in pdf format. Go Math Answer Key Grade 5 is prepared for students by considering the standard tests. Download Chapterwise Solutions for Go Math Grade 5 using the quick links provided here & learn the topics within no time.

All Chapters Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Pdf Free Download

Compiled list of Go Math 5th Standard chapterwise Answer Key pdf improves your skills and performance in the standard tests. A clear-cut explanation of concepts makes students to grasp the topics clearly and score well in the exams. It also develops your interest in mathematical concepts and helps students to stand out from the crowd. However, Go Math Primary School Grade 5 Answer Key pdf can be helpful during your assessments and you can attempt the test with utmost confidence.

Grade 5 HMH Go Math – NEW

Grade 5 Math Common Core Tests

  • Test 1 Session 1 (page 2)
  • Test 2 Session 1 (page 3)
  • Test 3 Session 1 (page 4)
  • Test 3 Session 2 (page 5)
  • Test 4 Session 1 (page 6)
  • Test 4 Session 2 (page 7)

Advantages of Solving 5th Grade Chapterwise Go Maths Answer Key Pdf

There are many benefits of solving the HMH Go Math 5th Standard Solutions Key. Have a look at the compiled list of advantages and learn how important is Go Math Answer Key for Grade 5.

  • Increase your level of knowledge by preparing from the Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key PDF.
  • Existed solutions of all chapter’s mathematical concepts are adhering to the Go Math Textbooks & Syllabus guidelines.
  • You can easily solve exercise questions by using the Grade 5 Math Practice 101 Answer Key.
  • Our extreme subject experts prepared this accurate and updated HMH Go Math 5th std Answer Keys for better preparation.

FAQs on Go Math Answer Key for Grade 5

1. Which web portal provides Go Math 5th Grade Answer Key for free?

ccssmathanswers.com is a trusted and genuine web portal that provides Go Math Grade 5 Solution Key for free of charge. Ace up your preparation utilizing the study resource available and practice with ease.

2. From where can I avail the Chapterwise Primary School Go Math Answer Key for Grade 5?

You can avail the Chapterwise 5th Grade HMH Go Math Solutions Key from this site or on our page.

3. How can I download pdf formatted 5th Grade HMH Go Math Solutions Key chapterwise?

Just with one click on the quick links available for all the Chapters of Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key, you can download and prepare the relevant topics with ease.

Download Go Math Answer Key for Grades K-8 | HMH Go Math Solution Key for Grades Kindergarten, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8

Go Math Answer Key: HMH Go Math Solutions Key provided helps students to have learning targets and achieve success at chapter and lesson level and makes learning visible. Give your kid the right amount of knowledge he needs as a part of your preparation by taking the help of our HMH Go Math Answer Key for Grades K-8. Resolve all your queries and assess your preparation standard using the Common Core Go Math Solution Key.

All the Concepts in the CCSS Go Math Answer Key for Grades Kindergarten, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 are given with straightforward and detailed descriptions. Practicing from the Go Math Answer Key for Grades K to 8 will provide a grade by grade roadmap and prepares students for College Readiness. Gradewise HMH Go Math Answer Key provided will develop problem-solving skills among students thereby helping them to Think, Explore and Grow. The Diverse Opportunities provided helps Kids to master the content with engaging activities.

Free Download Go Math Answer Key from Kindergarten to 8th Grade

Students can find Go Math Answer Keys right from  Primary School to High School all in one place. You just need to tap on the quick links available in order to access them and learn all the Chapters in each grade. Once you tap on the quick link you will be directed to the respective Grade Solutions Key wherein you can access the complete information. You can find Solutions for all the Go Math Textbook Questions free of cost and we don’t charge any amount.

Characteristics of Go Math Answer Key for Grades K to 8

Go through the below-listed features of referring to the HMH Go Math Anwer Key for Grades K to 8. They are outlined as follows

  • All the Go Math Answer Key for Grades K to 8 are easy to download and we don’t charge any penny from you.
  • Step by Step Solutions provided in the HMH Go Math Practice Key is aligned as per the College and Career Expectations.
  • Solving from the Math 101 Practice Key helps you inculcate Higher Order Thinking Skills and you can answer any Question from your Homework, Assessment, or Review Test.
  • More Rigorous Content made available meets the Common Core State Standards Initiative.
  • You can gain a deeper knowledge of mathematical concepts and find solutions to all the Questions from Go Math Textbooks for Grades K, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8

FAQs on Common Core HMH Go Math Answer Key

1. When Can I use the Go Math Answer Key for Grades K-8?

You can use the HMH Go Math Answer Key for Grades K to 8 while practicing the Go Math Textbook Questions as a part of your Homework or Assessment and make the most out of them.

2. Is there any site that provides the Common Core Go Math Solutions Key for Grades K, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8?

Yes, you can find Go Math Answer Key for Grades K, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 all in one place i.e. ccssmathanswers.com a trusted and reliable portal.

3. Can I download HMH Go Math Answer Key PDF for free?

Yes, you can download the HMH Math 101 Practice Key for free on our page via quick links available and we don’t charge any amount for it.

Go Math Grade K Answer Key | Download HMH Go Math Kindergarten Solution Key

Go Math Grade K Answer Key

Achieve your learning targets easily taking the help of the Go Math Grade K Answer Key. Practice using the Go Math Kindergarten Solution Key and reach better grades in the exams. Resolve all your queries taking the help of Go Math Grade K Solution Key and kick start your preparation. Solving the Questions from Kindergarten Go Math Answers enhances your speed and accuracy in the actual exams.

You need not worry about the accuracy of the Primary School HMH Go Math Answer Key for Grade K as all of them are given by subject experts. In fact, you can access the Chapterwise Go Math Kindergarten Answers via quick links available. Go Math Grade K Solutions prepared meets the Common Core State Standards Curriculum and are up to date.

Download Chapterwise Grade K Go Math Answer Key

Access the Primary School Go Math Grade K Answer Key for all the Chapters via quick links. Simply click on the chapter you wish to prepare and learn all the related concepts in no time. The Solutions provided in the Go Math Grade K Solution Key include Questions from Chapter Tests, Review Tests, Practice Tests, Cumulative Practice, etc. For the sake of a better searching experience, the Kindergarten Go Math Answers sequenced as per the Go Math Grade K Textbooks.

  • Vocabulary Reader: Fall Festival!
  • Chapter 1
  • Chapter 2
  • Chapter 3
  • Chapter 4
  • Chapter 5
  • Chapter 6
  • Chapter 7
  • Chapter 8
  • Vocabulary Reader: School Fun
  • Chapter 9
  • Chapter 10
  • Vocabulary Reader: Plants All Around
  • Chapter 11
  • Chapter 12
  • Picture Glossary

Characteristics of Kindergarten Go Math Answer Key

Refer to the below-listed features of the Go Math Grade K Answer Key and learn the importance of it. They are along the lines

  • Solving the Go Math Kindergarten Answer Key regularly improves your higher-order thinking skills.
  • You can answer questions from your Homework, Assignments, or Review Tests easily.
  • Step by Step Solutions for Go Math Grade K Textbook Questions meets the Common Core State Standards 2019 Initiative.
  • Gain Deeper Insights into the mathematical concepts of HMH Go Math Grade K.
  • Tests your preparation levels and you can bridge the knowledge gap and allot time to the areas you are facing difficulty with.

FAQs on Common Core Go Math Grade K Answer Key

1. Where do I get the Go Math Answer Key for Grade K?

You can get Go Math Grade K Answer Key for free of cost on our page.

2. Is there any site that provides the Chapterwise Kindergarten Go Math Answer Key?

Yes, ccssmathanswers.com is a trusted portal that provides the Chapterwise Go Math Grade K Answer Key.

3. How to download the HMH Go Math Grade K Solution Key?

You can download the HMH Go Math Grade K Solution Key via quick links available on our page. Simply tap on them to access the HMH Go Math Grade K Answers for all Chapters.

Primary School Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key | HMH Go Math 3rd Grade Solution Key

go-math-grade-3-answer-key

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key: Anyone who wishes to prepare Grade 3 Concepts can get a strong foundation by accessing the Go Math Text Books. People of highly subject expertise prepared the solutions in a concise manner for easy grasping. Start answering all the questions in Go Math Grade 3 Text Books and cross-check the solutions in HMH Go Math Grade 3 Solutions Key.

Go Math Answer Key for Grade 3 meets the content and intent of the School Curriculum. By using the HMH Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key, you can understand the topics of all the chapters easily. Detailed Solutions provided makes it easy for you to grab knowledge and learn the underlying concepts.

3rd Grade Go Math Answer Key All Chapters

Go Math Grade 3 Solutions Key lays a strong foundation for your basics and covers various concepts within it. So, download Chapterwise HMH Go Math Answer Key for Grade 3 through the quick links available here and make your learning effective. Ace up your preparation using the Go Math 3rd Grade Solutions Key and learn various chapters in it easily.

Grade 3 HMH Go Math – Answer Keys

Grade 3 HMH Go Math – Extra Practice Questions and Answers

Grade 3 HMH Go Math – Answer Keys

  • Chapter 1: Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 Assessment Test
  • Chapter 2: Represent and Interpret Data Assessment Test
  • Chapter 3: Understand Multiplication Assessment Test
  • Chapter 4: Multiplication Facts and Strategies Assessment Test
  • Chapter 5: Use Multiplication Facts Assessment Test
  • Chapter 6: Understand Division Assessment Test
  • Chapter 7: Division Facts and Strategies Assessment Test
  • Chapter 8: Understand Fractions Assessment Test
  • Chapter 9: Compare Fractions Assessment Test
  • Chapter 10: Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Assessment Test
  • Chapter 11: Perimeter and Area Assessment Test
  • Chapter 12:Two-Dimensional Shapes Assessment Test

Benefits of Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key

We have curated some of the advantages of referring to the Go Math 3rd Grade Answer Key here. They are along the lines

  • You can be aware of several concepts easily by accessing the HMH 3rd Grade Go Math Solutions Key.
  • Go Math Solution Key assures the accuracy for all the solutions provided as they are given by subject expertise.
  • In-Depth Explanation helps you clear the high-stakes assessments too with ease.
  • Go Math 3rd Grade Answer Key of All Chapters illustrated with solved examples strengthens your subject knowledge.

Both Students and Teachers are advised to go through the HMH Go Math Primary School Grade 3 Answer Key to understand the concepts. Clear your queries regarding Grade 3 Concepts at one go.

FAQs on Go Math Solution Key for Grade 3

1. How do I solve 3rd Grade Go Math Problems easily?

Learning math concepts from the Go Math Primary School Solution Key is the smart way to cover the entire syllabus. Practice regularly to get a good hold of all the concepts.

2. Where do I access HMH Go Math Answer Key for Grade 3?

You can easily attain the HMH Go math grade 3 Anwer key from our page and get all the questions from your Go Math Text Books.

3. Which is a reliable source to access the Go Math Answer Key for Grade 3? 

ccssmathanswers.com is a genuine and reliable website that provides Go Math Answer Key for 3rd Grade students. Download the 3rd Grade Go Math Solutions Key PDF free of cost and take your preparation to the next level.

Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 1 Real Numbers

go-math-grade-8-chapter-1-real-numbers-answer-key

The Solutions for Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 1 Real Numbers are given in detail here. Get the step by step explanations for all the question in Go Math Grade 8 Chapter 1 Real Numbers Answer Key and start your practice today. You can find the best ways to learn maths by using Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key. So, Download Go Math Grade 8 Chapter 1 Real Numbers Solution Key and make use of the given resources.

Go Math Grade 8 Chapter 1 Real Numbers Answer Key

It is essential for the students to choose the best material to practice the questions. Because by practicing only you can score the highest marks in the exams. Download HMH Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 1 Real Numbers PDF for free. Quick learning is possible with our Go Math Grade 8 Chapter 1 Real Numbers Answer Key. Find a better way to make your learning simple by clicking on the below-provided links.

Lesson 1: Rational and Irrational Numbers

Lesson 2: Sets of real Numbers

Lesson 3: Ordering Real Numbers

Model Quiz

Mixed Review

Guided Practice – Rational and Irrational Numbers – Page No. 12

Write each fraction or mixed number as a decimal.

Question 1.
\(\frac{2}{5}\) =

Answer:
0.4

Explanation:
\(\frac{2}{5}\) = \(\frac{2 × 2}{5 × 2}\) = \(\frac{4}{10}\) = 0.4

Question 2.
\(\frac{8}{9}\) =

Answer:
0.88

Explanation:
\(\frac{8}{9}\) = \(\frac{8 × 10}{9 × 10}\) = \(\frac{80}{9 × 10}\) = \(\frac{8.88}{10}\) = 0.88

Question 3.
3 \(\frac{3}{4}\) =

Answer:
3.75

Explanation:
3 \(\frac{3}{4}\) =\(\frac{15}{4}\) = 3.75

Question 4.
\(\frac{7}{10}\) =

Answer:
0.7

Explanation:
\(\frac{7}{10}\) = 0.7

Question 5.
2 \(\frac{3}{8}\) =

Answer:
2.375

Explanation:
2 \(\frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{19}{8}\) = 2.375

Question 6.
\(\frac{5}{6}\) =

Answer:
0.833

Explanation:
\(\frac{5}{6}\) = \(\frac{5 × 10}{6 × 10}\) = \(\frac{50}{6 × 10}\) = \(\frac{8.33}{10}\) = 0.833

Write each decimal as a fraction or mixed number in simplest form

Question 7.
0.675
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{27}{40}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{0.675 × 1000}{1 × 1000}\) = \(\frac{675}{1000}\) = \(\frac{675/25}{1000/25}\) = \(\frac{27}{40}\)

Question 8.
5.6
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
5 \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{5.6 × 10}{10}\) = \(\frac{56}{10}\) = 5 \(\frac{6}{10}\) = 5 \(\frac{6/2}{10/2}\) = 5 \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Question 9.
0.44
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{11}{25}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{0.44 × 100}{1 × 100}\) = \(\frac{44}{100}\) = \(\frac{44/4}{100/4}\) = \(\frac{11}{25}\)

Question 10.
0.\(\bar{4}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{4}{9}\)

Explanation:
Let x = 0.\(\bar{4}\)
Now, 10x = 4.\(\bar{4}\)
10x – x = 4.\(\bar{4}\) – 0.\(\bar{4}\)
9x = 4
x = \(\frac{4}{9}\)

Question 11.
0.\(\overline { 26 } \)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{26}{99}\)

Explanation:
Let x = 0.\(\overline {26}\)
Now, 100x = 26.\(\overline{26}\)
100x – x = 26.\(\overline{26}\) – 0.\(\overline {26}\)
99x = 26
x = \(\frac{26}{99}\)

Question 12.
0.\(\overline { 325 } \)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{325}{999}\)

Explanation:
Let x = 0.\(\overline {325}\)
Now, 1000x = 325.\(\overline{325}\)
1000x – x = 325.\(\overline{325}\) – 0.\(\overline {325}\)
999x = 325
x = \(\frac{325}{999}\)

Solve each equation for x

Question 13.
x2 = 144
± ______

Answer:
x=±12

Explanation:
x2 = 144
Taking square roots on both the sides
x2=±144
x = ±12

Question 14.
x2 = \(\frac{25}{289}\)
± \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
x = ±\(\frac{5}{17}\)

Explanation:
x2 = \(\frac{25}{289}\)
Taking square roots on both the sides
x2=±√\(\frac{25}{289}\)
x = ±\(\frac{5}{17}\)

Question 15.
x3 = 216
______

Answer:
x = 6

Explanation:
x3 = 216
Taking cube roots on both the sides
3x3= 3√216
x = 6

Approximate each irrational number to two decimal places without a calculator.

Question 16.
\(\sqrt { 5 } \) ≈ ______

Answer:
2.236

Explanation:
x = \(\sqrt { 5 } \)
The 5 is in between 4 and 6
Take square root of each year
√4 < √5 < √6
2 < √5 < 3
√5 = 2.2
(2.2)² = 4.84
(2.25)² = 5.06
(2.5)³ = 5.29
A good estimate for √5 is 2.25

Question 17.
\(\sqrt { 3 } \) ≈ ______

Answer:
1.75

Explanation:
\(\sqrt { 3 } \)
1 < 3 < 4
√1 < √3 < √4
1 < √3 < 2
√3 = 1.6
(1.65)² = 2.72
(1.7)² = 2.89
(1.75)² = 3.06
A good estimate for √3 is 1.75

Question 18.
\(\sqrt { 10 } \) ≈ ______

Answer:
3.15

Explanation:
\(\sqrt { 10 } \)
9 < 10 < 16
√9 < √10 < √16
3 < √10 < 4
√10 = 3.1
(3.1)² = 9.61
(3.15)² = 9.92
(3.2)² = 10.24
A good estimate for √10 is 3.15

Question 19.
What is the difference between rational and irrational numbers?
Type below:
_____________

Answer:

Rational number can be expressed as a ration of two integers such as 5/2
Irrational number cannot be expressed as a ratio of two integers such as √13

Explanation:
A rational number is a number that can be express as the ratio of two integers. A number that cannot be expressed that way is irrational.

1.1 Independent Practice – Rational and Irrational Numbers – Page No. 13

Question 20.
A \(\frac{7}{16}\)-inch-long bolt is used in a machine. What is the length of the bolt written as a decimal?
______ -inch-long

Answer:
0.4375 inch

Explanation:
The length of the bolt is \(\frac{7}{16}\)-inch
Let, x = \(\frac{7}{16}\)
Multiplying by 125 on both nominator and denominator
x = \(\frac{7×125}{16×125}\) = \(\frac{875}{2000}\) =\(\frac{437.5}{1000}\) = 0.4375

Question 21.
The weight of an object on the moon is \(\frac{1}{6}\) its weight on Earth. Write \(\frac{1}{6}\) as a decimal.
______

Answer:
0.1666

Explanation:
The weight of the object on the moon is \(\frac{1}{6}\)
Let, x = \(\frac{1}{6}\)
Multiplying by 100 on both nominator and denominator
x = \(\frac{1×100}{6×100}\) = \(\frac{16.6}{100}\) =0.166

Question 22.
The distance to the nearest gas station is 2 \(\frac{4}{5}\) kilometers. What is this distance written as a decimal?
______

Answer:
2.8

Explanation:
The distance of the nearest gas station is 2 \(\frac{4}{5}\)
Let, x = 2 \(\frac{4}{5}\)
Multiplying by 100 on both nominator and denominator
x = 2 \(\frac{4×100}{5×100}\) = \(\frac{80}{100}\) =0.8

Question 23.
A baseball pitcher has pitched 98 \(\frac{2}{3}\) innings. What is the number of innings written as a decimal?
______

Answer:
98.6

Explanation:
A baseball pitcher has pitched 98 \(\frac{2}{3}\) innings.
98 \(\frac{2}{3}\) = 98 + 2/3
= (294/3) + (2/3)
296/3
98.6

Question 24.
A heartbeat takes 0.8 second. How many seconds is this written as a fraction?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{4}{5}\)

Explanation:
A heartbeat takes 0.8 seconds.
0.8
There are 8 tenths.
8/10 = 4/5

Question 25.
There are 26.2 miles in a marathon. Write the number of miles using a fraction.
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
26\(\frac{1}{5}\)

Explanation:
There are 26.2 miles in a marathon.
26.2 miles
262/10
131/5
26 1/5 miles

Question 26.
The average score on a biology test was 72.\(\bar{1}\). Write the average score using a fraction.
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
80 \(\frac{1}{9}\)

Explanation:
The average score on a biology test was 72.\(\bar{1}\).
72.\(\bar{1}\)
Let x = 72.\(\bar{1}\)
10x = 10(72.\(\bar{1}\))
10x = 721.1
-x = -0.1
9x = 721
x = 721/9
x = 80 1/9

Question 27.
The metal in a penny is worth about 0.505 cent. How many cents is this written as a fraction?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{101}{200}\)

Explanation:
The metal in a penny is worth about 0.505 cent.
0.505 cent
505 thousandths
505/1000
101/200 cents

Question 28.
Multistep An artist wants to frame a square painting with an area of 400 square inches. She wants to know the length of the wood trim that is needed to go around the painting.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 1 Real Numbers Lesson 1: Rational and Irrational Numbers img 1
a. If x is the length of one side of the painting, what equation can you set up to find the length of a side?
x2 = ______

Answer:
x² = 400

Explanation:
The area of a square is the square of its equal side, x
x² = 400

Question 28.
b. Solve the equation you wrote in part a. How many solutions does the equation have?
x = ± ______

Answer:
x = ± 20

Explanation:
Take the square root on both sides. Solve
x = ± 20

Question 28.
c. Do all of the solutions that you found in part b make sense in the context of the problem? Explain.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
No. Both values of x do not make sense.

Explanation:
The length cannot be negative, hence negative value does not make sense.
No. Both values of x do not make sense.

Question 28.
d. What is the length of the wood trim needed to go around the painting?
P = ______ inches

Answer:
Length P = 20 + 2y

Rational and Irrational Numbers – Page No. 14

Question 29.
Analyze Relationships To find \(\sqrt { 15 } \), Beau found 32 = 9 and 42 = 16. He said that since 15 is between 9 and 16, \(\sqrt { 15 } \) must be between 3 and 4. He thinks a good estimate for \(\sqrt { 15 } \) is \(\frac { 3+4 }{ 2 } \) = 3.5. Is Beau’s estimate high, low, or correct? Explain.
_____________

Answer:
3.85

Explanation:
15 is closer to 16
√15 is closer to √16
Beau’s estimate is low.
(3.8)² = 14.44
(3.85)² = 14.82
(3.9)² = 15.21
√15 is 3.85

Question 30.
Justify Reasoning What is a good estimate for the solution to the equation x3 = 95? How did you come up with your estimate?
x ≈ ______

Answer:
x ≈  4.55

Explanation:
3√x = 95
x = 3√95
64 < 95 < 125
Take the cube root of each number
3√64 < 3√95  < 3√125
4 < 3√95 < 5
3√95 = 4.6
(4.5)³ = 91.125
(4.55)³ = 94.20
(4.6)³ = 97.336
3√95 = 4.55

Question 31.
The volume of a sphere is 36π ft3. What is the radius of the sphere? Use the formula V = \(\frac { 4 }{ 3 } \)πr3 to find your answer.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 1 Real Numbers Lesson 1: Rational and Irrational Numbers img 2
r = ______

Answer:
r = 3

Explanation:
V = 4/3 πr³
36π = 4/3 πr³
r³ = 36π/π . 3/4
r³ = 27
r = 3√27
r = 3

FOCUS ON HIGHER ORDER THINKING

Question 32.
Draw Conclusions Can you find the cube root of a negative number? If so, is it positive or negative? Explain your reasoning.
_____________

Answer:
Yes

Explanation:
Yes. The cube root of a negative number would be negative. Because the product of three negative signs is always negative.

Question 33.
Make a Conjecture Evaluate and compare the following expressions.
\(\sqrt { \frac { 4 }{ 25 } } \) and \(\frac { \sqrt { 4 } }{ \sqrt { 25 } } \) \(\sqrt { \frac { 16 }{ 81 } } \) and \(\frac { \sqrt { 16 } }{ \sqrt { 81 } } \) \(\sqrt { \frac { 36 }{ 49 } } \) and\(\frac { \sqrt { 36 } }{ \sqrt { 49 } } \)
Use your results to make a conjecture about a division rule for square roots. Since division is multiplication by the reciprocal, make a conjecture about a multiplication rule for square roots.
Expressions are: _____________

Answer:
Evaluating and comparing
√4/25 = 2/5
√16/81 = 4/9
√36/49 = 6/7
Conjecture about a division rule for square roots
√a/√b = √(a/b)
Conjecture about a multiplication rule for square roots
√a × √b

Question 34.
Persevere in Problem Solving
The difference between the solutions to the equation x2 = a is 30. What is a? Show that your answer is correct.
_____

Answer:
30

Explanation:
x2 = a
x = ±√a
√a – (-√a) = 30
√a + √a = 30
2√a = 30
√a = 15
a = 225
x2 = 225
x = ±225
x = ±15
15 – (-15) = 15 + 15 = 30

Guided Practice – Sets of real Numbers – Page No. 18

Write all names that apply to each number.

Question 1.
\(\frac{7}{8}\)
Options:
a. Real Numbers
b. Rational Numbers
c. Integers
d. Whole Numbers
e. Irrational Numbers

Answer:
a. Real Numbers
b. Rational Numbers

Question 2.
\(\sqrt { 36 } \)
Options:
a. Real Numbers
b. Rational Numbers
c. Integers
d. Whole Numbers
e. Irrational Numbers

Answer:
a. Real Numbers
b. Rational Numbers
c. Integers
d. Whole Numbers

Explanation:
\(\sqrt { 36 } \) = 6

Question 3.
\(\sqrt { 24 } \)
Options:
a. Real Numbers
b. Rational Numbers
c. Integers
d. Whole Numbers
e. Irrational Numbers

Answer:
a. Real Numbers
e. Irrational Numbers

Question 4.
0.75
Options:
a. Real Numbers
b. Rational Numbers
c. Integers
d. Whole Numbers
e. Irrational Numbers

Answer:
a. Real Numbers
b. Rational Numbers

Question 5.
0
Options:
a. Real Numbers
b. Rational Numbers
c. Integers
d. Whole Numbers
e. Irrational Numbers

Answer:
a. Real Numbers
b. Rational Numbers
c. Integers
d. Whole Numbers

Question 6.
−\(\sqrt { 100 } \)
Options:
a. Real Numbers
b. Rational Numbers
c. Integers
d. Whole Numbers
e. Irrational Numbers

Answer:
a. Real Numbers
b. Rational Numbers
c. Integers

Explanation:
−\(\sqrt { 100 } \) = – 10

Question 7.
5.\(\overline { 45 } \)
Options:
a. Real Numbers
b. Rational Numbers
c. Integers
d. Whole Numbers
e. Irrational Numbers

Answer:
a. Real Numbers
b. Rational Numbers

Question 8.
−\(\frac{18}{6}\)
Options:
a. Real Numbers
b. Rational Numbers
c. Integers
d. Whole Numbers
e. Irrational Numbers

Answer:
a. Real Numbers
b. Rational Numbers
c. Integers

Explanation:
−\(\frac{18}{6}\) = -3

Tell whether the given statement is true or false. Explain your choice.

Question 9.
All whole numbers are rational numbers.
i. True
ii. False

Answer:
i. True

Explanation:
All whole numbers are rational numbers.
Whole numbers are a subset of the set of rational numbers and can be written as ratio of the whole number to 1.

Question 10.
No irrational numbers are whole numbers.
i. True
ii. False

Answer:
i. True

Explanation:
True. Whole numbers are ration numbers.

Identify the set of numbers that best describes each situation. Explain your choice.

Question 11.
the change in the value of an account when given to the nearest dollar
Options:
a. Real Numbers
b. Rational Numbers
c. Integer Numbers
d. Whole Numbers
e. Irrational Numbers

Answer:
c. Integer Numbers

Explanation:
The change can be a whole dollar amount and can be positive, negative or zero.

Question 12.
the markings on a standard ruler
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 1 Real Numbers Lesson 2: Sets of real Numbers img 3
Options:
a. Real Numbers
b. Rational Numbers
c. Integer Numbers
d. Whole Numbers
e. Irrational Numbers

Answer:
b. Rational Numbers

Explanation:
The ruler is marked every 1/16t inch.

ESSENTIAL QUESTION CHECK-IN

Question 13.
What are some ways to describe the relationships between sets of numbers?

Answer:
There are two ways that we have been using until now to describe the relationships between sets of numbers

  • Using a scheme or a diagram as the one on page 15.
  • Verbal description, for example, “All irrational numbers are real numbers.”

1.2 Independent Practice – Sets of real Numbers – Page No. 19

Write all names that apply to each number. Then place the numbers in the correct location on the Venn diagram.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 1 Real Numbers Lesson 2: Sets of real Numbers img 4

Question 14.
\(\sqrt { 9 } \)
Options:
a. Real Numbers
b. Rational Numbers
c. Integer Numbers
d. Whole Numbers
e. Irrational Numbers

Answer:
a. Real Numbers
b. Rational Numbers
c. Integer Numbers
d. Whole Numbers

Explanation:
\(\sqrt { 9 } \) = 3

Question 15.
257
Options:
a. Real Numbers
b. Rational Numbers
c. Integer Numbers
d. Whole Numbers
e. Irrational Numbers

Answer:
a. Real Numbers
b. Rational Numbers
c. Integer Numbers
d. Whole Numbers

Question 16.
\(\sqrt { 50 } \)
Options:
a. Real Numbers
b. Rational Numbers
c. Integer Numbers
d. Whole Numbers
e. Irrational Numbers

Answer:
a. Real Numbers
e. Irrational Numbers

Question 17.
8 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Options:
a. Real Numbers
b. Rational Numbers
c. Integer Numbers
d. Whole Numbers
e. Irrational Numbers

Answer:
a. Real Numbers
b. Rational Numbers

Question 18.
16.6
Options:
a. Real Numbers
b. Rational Numbers
c. Integer Numbers
d. Whole Numbers
e. Irrational Numbers

Answer:
a. Real Numbers
b. Rational Numbers

Question 19.
\(\sqrt { 16 } \)
Options:
a. Real Numbers
b. Rational Numbers
c. Integer Numbers
d. Whole Numbers
e. Irrational Numbers

Answer:
a. Real Numbers
b. Rational Numbers
c. Integer Numbers
d. Whole Numbers

Explanation:
\(\sqrt { 16 } \) = 4

Identify the set of numbers that best describes each situation. Explain your choice.

Question 20.
the height of an airplane as it descends to an airport runway
Options:
a. Real Numbers
b. Rational Numbers
c. Integer Numbers
d. Whole Numbers
e. Irrational Numbers

Answer:
d. Whole Numbers

Explanation:
Whole. The height of an airplane as it descents to an airport runway is a whole number greater than 0

Question 21.
the score with respect to par of several golfers: 2, – 3, 5, 0, – 1
Options:
a. Real Numbers
b. Rational Numbers
c. Integer Numbers
d. Whole Numbers
e. Irrational Numbers

Answer:
c. Integer Numbers

Explanation:
Integers. The scores are counting numbers, their opposites, and zero.

Question 22.
Critique Reasoning Ronald states that the number \(\frac{1}{11}\) is not rational because, when converted into a decimal, it does not terminate. Nathaniel says it is rational because it is a fraction. Which boy is correct? Explain.
i. Ronald
ii. Nathaniel

Answer:
ii. Nathaniel

Explanation:
Nathaniel is correct.
A fraction is a rational real number, even if it is not a terminating decimal.

Sets of real Numbers – Page No. 20

Question 23.
Critique Reasoning The circumference of a circular region is shown. What type of number best describes the diameter of the circle? Explain your answer.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 1 Real Numbers Lesson 2: Sets of real Numbers img 5
Options:
a. Real Numbers
b. Rational Numbers
c. Irrational Numbers
d. Integers
e. Whole Numbers

Answer:
e. Whole Numbers

Explanation:
Circumference of the circle
A = 2πr
π = 2πr
Diameter is twice the radius
2r = 1
Whole

Question 24.
Critical Thinking A number is not an integer. What type of number can it be?
Options:
a. Real Numbers
b. Rational Numbers
c. Integers
d. Whole Numbers
e. Irrational Numbers

Answer:
b. Rational Numbers
e. Irrational Numbers

Question 25.
A grocery store has a shelf with half-gallon containers of milk. What type of number best represents the total number of gallons?
Options:
a. Real Numbers
b. Rational Numbers
c. Integers
d. Whole Numbers
e. Irrational Numbers

Answer:
b. Rational Numbers

FOCUS ON HIGHER ORDER THINKING

Question 26.
Explain the Error Katie said, “Negative numbers are integers.” What was her error?
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
Her error is that she stated that all negative numbers are integers. Some negative numbers are integers such as -4 but some are not such an -0.8

Question 27.
Justify Reasoning Can you ever use a calculator to determine if a number is rational or irrational? Explain.
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
Not always.

Explanation:
Not always.
If the calculator shows a terminating decimal, the number is rational but otherwise, it is not possible as you can only see a few digits.

Question 28.
Draw Conclusions The decimal 0.\(\bar{3}\) represents \(\frac{1}{3}\). What type of number best describes 0.\(\bar{9}\) , which is 3 × 0.\(\bar{3}\)? Explain.
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
1

Explanation:
let x = 0.9999999
10x = 9.99999999
10x = 9 + 0.999999999
10x = 9 + x
9x = 9
x=1.

Question 29.
Communicate Mathematical Ideas Irrational numbers can never be precisely represented in decimal form. Why is this?

Answer:
Because irrational numbers are nonrepeating, otherwise they could be represented as a fraction. Although a potential counter-example to this claim is that some irrational numbers can only be represented in decimal form, for example, 0.1234567891011121314151617…, 0.24681012141618202224…, 0.101101110111101111101111110… are all irrational numbers.

Guided Practice – Ordering Real Numbers – Page No. 24

Compare. Write <, >, or =.

Question 1.
\(\sqrt { 3 } \) + 2 ________ \(\sqrt { 3 } \) + 3

Answer:
\(\sqrt { 3 } \) + 2 < \(\sqrt { 3 } \) + 3

Explanation:
\(\sqrt { 3 } \) is between 1 and 2
\(\sqrt { 3 } \) + 2 is between 3 and 4
\(\sqrt { 3 } \) + 3 is between 4 and 5
\(\sqrt { 3 } \) + 2 < \(\sqrt { 3 } \) + 3

Question 2.
\(\sqrt { 11 } \) + 15 _______ \(\sqrt { 8 } \) + 15

Answer:
\(\sqrt { 11 } \) + 15 > \(\sqrt { 8 } \) + 15

Explanation:
\(\sqrt { 11 } \) is between 3 and 4
\(\sqrt { 8 } \) is between 2 and 3
\(\sqrt { 11 } \) + 15 is between 18 and 19
\(\sqrt { 8 } \) + 15 is between 17 and 18
\(\sqrt { 11 } \) + 15 > \(\sqrt { 8 } \) + 15

Question 3.
\(\sqrt { 6 } \) + 5 _______ 6 + \(\sqrt { 5 } \)

Answer:
\(\sqrt { 6 } \) + 5 < 6 + \(\sqrt { 5 } \)

Explanation:
\(\sqrt { 6 } \) is between 2 and 3
\(\sqrt { 5 } \) is between 2 and 3
\(\sqrt { 6 } \) is between 7 and 8
\(\sqrt { 5 } \) is between 8 and 9
\(\sqrt { 6 } \) + 5 < 6 + \(\sqrt { 5 } \)

Question 4.
\(\sqrt { 9 } \) + 3 _______ 9 + \(\sqrt { 3 } \)

Answer:
\(\sqrt { 9 } \) + 3 < 9 + \(\sqrt { 3 } \)

Explanation:
\(\sqrt { 9 } \) + 3
9 + \(\sqrt { 3 } \)
\(\sqrt { 3 } \) is between 1 and 2
\(\sqrt { 9 } \) + 3 = 3 + 3 = 6
9 + \(\sqrt { 3 } \) is between 10 and 11
\(\sqrt { 9 } \) + 3 < 9 + \(\sqrt { 3 } \)

Question 5.
\(\sqrt { 17 } \) – 3 _______ -2 + \(\sqrt { 5 } \)

Answer:
\(\sqrt { 17 } \) – 3 > -2 + \(\sqrt { 5 } \)

Explanation:
\(\sqrt { 17 } \) is between 4 and 5
\(\sqrt { 5 } \) is between 2 and 3
\(\sqrt { 17 } \) – 3 is between 1 and 2
-2 + \(\sqrt { 5 } \) is between 0 and 1
\(\sqrt { 17 } \) – 3 > -2 + \(\sqrt { 5 } \)

Question 6.
10 – \(\sqrt { 8 } \) _______ 12 – \(\sqrt { 2 } \)

Answer:
10 – \(\sqrt { 8 } \) < 12 – \(\sqrt { 2 } \)

Explanation:
\(\sqrt { 8 } \) is between 2 and 3
\(\sqrt { 2 } \) is between 1 and 2
10 – \(\sqrt { 8 } \) is between 8 and 7
12 – \(\sqrt { 2 } \) is between 11 and 10
10 – \(\sqrt { 8 } \) < 12 – \(\sqrt { 2 } \)

Question 7.
\(\sqrt { 7 } \) + 2 _______ \(\sqrt { 10 } \) – 1

Answer:
\(\sqrt { 7 } \) + 2 > \(\sqrt { 10 } \) – 1

Explanation:
\(\sqrt { 7 } \) is between 2 and 3
\(\sqrt { 10 } \) is between 3 and 4
\(\sqrt { 7 } \) + 2 is between 4 and 5
\(\sqrt { 10 } \) – 1 is between 2 and 3
\(\sqrt { 7 } \) + 2 > \(\sqrt { 10 } \) – 1

Question 8.
\(\sqrt { 17 } \) + 3 _______ 3 + \(\sqrt { 11 } \)

Answer:
\(\sqrt { 17 } \) + 3 > 3 + \(\sqrt { 11 } \)

Explanation:
\(\sqrt { 17 } \) is between 4 and 5
\(\sqrt { 11 } \) is between 3 and 4
\(\sqrt { 17 } \) + 3 is between 7 and 8
3 + \(\sqrt { 11 } \) is between 6 and 7
\(\sqrt { 17 } \) + 3 > 3 + \(\sqrt { 11 } \)

Question 9.
Order \(\sqrt { 3 } \), 2 π, and 1.5 from least to greatest. Then graph them on the number line.
\(\sqrt { 3 } \) is between _________ and _____________ , so \(\sqrt { 3 } \) ≈ ____________.
π ≈ 3.14, so 2 π ≈ _______________.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 1 Real Numbers Lesson 3: Ordering Real Numbers img 6
From least to greatest, the numbers are ______________, _____________________ ,_________________.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
1.5, \(\sqrt { 3 } \), 2 π

Explanation:
\(\sqrt { 3 } \) is between 1.7 and 1.75
π = 3.14; 2 π = 6.28
grade 8 chapter 1 image 1
1.5, \(\sqrt { 3 } \), 2 π

Question 10.
Four people have found the perimeter of a forest using different methods. Their results are given in the table. Order their calculations from greatest to least.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 1 Real Numbers Lesson 3: Ordering Real Numbers img 7
Type below:
___________

Answer:
\(\sqrt { 17 } \) – 2, 1+ π/2, 2.5, 12/5

Explanation:
\(\sqrt { 17 } \) – 2
\(\sqrt { 17 } \) is between 4 and 5
Since, 17 is closer to 16, the estimated value is 4.1
1+ π/2
1 + (3.14/2) = 2.57
12/5 = 2.4
2.5
\(\sqrt { 17 } \) – 2, 1+ π/2, 2.5, 12/5

ESSENTIAL QUESTION CHECK-IN

Question 11.
Explain how to order a set of real numbers.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Evaluate the given numbers and write in decimal form. Plot on number line and arrange the numbers accordingly.

Independent Practice – Ordering Real Numbers – Page No. 25

Order the numbers from least to greatest.

Question 12.
\(\sqrt { 7 } \), 2, \(\frac { \sqrt { 8 } }{ 2 } \)
Type below:
____________

Answer:
\(\frac { \sqrt { 8 } }{ 2 } \), 2, \(\sqrt { 7 } \)

Explanation:
\(\sqrt { 7 } \), 2, \(\frac { \sqrt { 8 } }{ 2 } \)
\(\sqrt { 7 } \) is between 2 and 3
Since 7 is closer to 9, (2.65)² = 7.02, hence the estimated value is 2.65
\(\frac { \sqrt { 8 } }{ 2 } \)
\(\sqrt { 8 } \) is between 2 and 3
Since 8 is closer to 9, (2.85)² = 8.12, hence the estimated value is 2.85
2.85/2 = 1.43
grade 8 chapter 1 image 3
\(\frac { \sqrt { 8 } }{ 2 } \), 2, \(\sqrt { 7 } \)

Question 13.
\(\sqrt { 10 } \), π, 3.5
Type below:
____________

Answer:
π, \(\sqrt { 10 } \), 3.5

Explanation:
\(\sqrt { 10 } \), π, 3.5
\(\sqrt { 10 } \) is between 3 and 4
Since, 10 is closer to 9, (3.15)² = 9.92, hence the estimated value is 3.15
π = 3.14
3.5
grade 8 chapter 1 image 4
π, \(\sqrt { 10 } \), 3.5

Question 14.
\(\sqrt { 220 } \), −10, \(\sqrt { 100 } \), 11.5
Type below:
____________

Answer:
-10, √100, 11.5, √220

Explanation:
\(\sqrt { 220 } \), −10, \(\sqrt { 100 } \), 11.5
196 < 220 < 225
√196 < √220 < √225
14 < √220 < 15
√220 = 14.5
√100 = 10
grade 8 chapter 1 image 5
-10, √100, 11.5, √220

Question 15.
\(\sqrt { 8 } \), −3.75, 3, \(\frac{9}{4}\)
Type below:
____________

Answer:
−3.75, \(\frac{9}{4}\), \(\sqrt { 8 } \)

Explanation:
\(\sqrt { 8 } \), −3.75, 3, \(\frac{9}{4}\)
\(\sqrt { 8 } \) is between 2 and 3
Since, 8 is closer to 9, (2.85)² = 8.12, hence the estimated value is 2.85
-3.75 = 3
9/4 = 2.25
grade 8 chapter 1 image 6
−3.75, \(\frac{9}{4}\), \(\sqrt { 8 } \)

Question 16.
Your sister is considering two different shapes for her garden. One is a square with side lengths of 3.5 meters, and the other is a circle with a diameter of 4 meters.
a. Find the area of the square.
_______ m2

Answer:
(3.5)² = 12.25

Explanation:
Area of the square = x²
Area = (3.5)² = 12.25

Question 16.
b. Find the area of the circle.
_______ m2

Answer:
π(2)² = 12.56

Explanation:
Area of the circle = πr² where r = d/2 = 4/2 = 2
Area = π(2)² = 12.56

Question 16.
c. Compare your answers from parts a and b. Which garden would give your sister the most space to plant?
___________

Answer:
12.25 < 12.56
The circle will give more space

Question 17.
Winnie measured the length of her father’s ranch four times and got four different distances. Her measurements are shown in the table.
a. To estimate the actual length, Winnie first approximated each distance to the nearest hundredth. Then she averaged the four numbers. Using a calculator, find Winnie’s estimate.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 1 Real Numbers Lesson 3: Ordering Real Numbers img 8
______

Answer:
7.4815

Explanation:
\(\sqrt { 60 } \) = 7.75
58/8 = 7.25
7.3333
7 3/5 = 7.60
Average = (7.75 + 7.25 + 7.33 + 7.60)/4 = 7.4815

Question 17.
b. Winnie’s father estimated the distance across his ranch to be \(\sqrt { 56 } \) km. How does this distance compare to Winnie’s estimate?
____________

Answer:
They are nearly identical

Explanation:
\(\sqrt { 56 } \) = 7.4833
They are nearly identical

Give an example of each type of number.

Question 18.
a real number between \(\sqrt { 13 } \) and \(\sqrt { 14 } \)
Type below:
____________

Answer:
A real number between \(\sqrt { 13 } \) and \(\sqrt { 14 } \)
Example: 3.7

Explanation:
\(\sqrt { 13 } \) = 3.61
\(\sqrt { 13 } \) = 3.74
A real number between \(\sqrt { 13 } \) and \(\sqrt { 14 } \)
Example: 3.7

Question 19.
an irrational number between 5 and 7
Type below:
____________

Answer:
An irrational number between 5 and 7
Example: \(\sqrt { 29 } \)

Explanation:
5² = 25 and 7² = 49
An irrational number between 5 and 7
Example: \(\sqrt { 29 } \)

Ordering Real Numbers – Page No. 26

Question 20.
A teacher asks his students to write the numbers shown in order from least to greatest. Paul thinks the numbers are already in order. Sandra thinks the order should be reversed. Who is right?
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 1 Real Numbers Lesson 3: Ordering Real Numbers img 9
_____________

Answer:
Neither are correct

Explanation:
\(\sqrt { 115 } \), 115/11, 10.5624
\(\sqrt { 115 } \) is between 10 and 11
Since, 115 is closer to 121, (10.7)² = 114.5, hence the estimated value is 10.7
115/11 = 10.4545
10.5624
Neither are correct

Question 21.
Math History
There is a famous irrational number called Euler’s number, symbolized with an e. Like π, its decimal form never ends or repeats. The first few digits of e are 2.7182818284.
a. Between which two square roots of integers could you find this number?
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The square of e lies between 7 and 8
2.718281828
(2.72)² = 7.3984
Hence, it lies between \(\sqrt { 7 } \) = 2.65 and \(\sqrt { 8 } \) = 2.82

Question 21.
b. Between which two square roots of integers can you find π?
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
3.142
(3.14)² = 9.8596
Hence. it lies between \(\sqrt { 9 } \) = 3 and \(\sqrt { 10 } \) = 3.16

H.O.T.

FOCUS ON HIGHER ORDER THINKING

Question 22.
Analyze Relationships
There are several approximations used for π, including 3.14 and \(\frac{22}{7}\). π is approximately 3.14159265358979 . . .
a. Label π and the two approximations on the number line.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 1 Real Numbers Lesson 3: Ordering Real Numbers img 10
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
grade 8 chapter 1 image 7

Question 22.
b. Which of the two approximations is a better estimate for π? Explain.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
As we can see from the number line, 22/7 is closer to π, so we can conclude that 22/7 is a better estimation for π.

Question 22.
c. Find a whole number x so that the ratio \(\frac{x}{113}\) is a better estimate for π than the two given approximations.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
355/113 is a better estimation for π, because 355/113 = 3.14159292035 = 3.14159265358979 = π

Question 23.
Communicate Mathematical Ideas
What is the fewest number of distinct points that must be graphed on a number line, in order to represent natural numbers, whole numbers, integers, rational numbers, irrational numbers, and real numbers? Explain.
_______ points

Answer:
2 points

Explanation:
There need to be plotting of at least 2 points because a rational number can never be equal to an irrational number. So let’s say 5 points are the same among six but the 6th will be different as there both rational numbers and irrational numbers included.

Question 24.
Critique Reasoning
Jill says that 12.\(\bar{6}\) is less than 12.63. Explain her error.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
12.\(\bar{6}\) = 12.666
12.\(\bar{6}\) > 12.63

1.1 Rational and Irrational Numbers – Model Quiz – Page No. 27

Write each fraction as a decimal or each decimal as a fraction.

Question 1.
\(\frac{7}{20}\)
_______

Answer:
0.35

Explanation:
\(\frac{7}{20}\) = 0.35

Question 2.
1.\(\overline { 27} \)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
1\(\frac{28}{99}\)

Explanation:
1.\(\overline { 27} \)
x = 1.\(\overline { 27} \)
100x = 100(1.\(\overline { 27} \))
100x = 127(\(\overline { 27} \))
x = .\(\overline { 27} \)
99x = 127
x = 127/99
x = 1 28/99

Question 3.
1 \(\frac{7}{8}\)
______

Answer:
1.875

Explanation:
1 \(\frac{7}{8}\)
1 + 7/8
8/8 + 7/8
15/8 = 1.875

Solve each equation for x.

Question 4.
x2 = 81
± ______

Answer:
± 9

Explanation:
x2 = 81
x = ± 81
x = ± 9

Question 5.
x3 = 343
______

Answer:
x = 7

Explanation:
x3 = 343
x = 7

Question 6.
x2 = \(\frac{1}{100}\)
± \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
± \(\frac{1}{10}\)

Explanation:
x2 = \(\frac{1}{100}\)
x = ± \(\frac{1}{10}\)

Question 7.
A square patio has an area of 200 square feet. How long is each side of the patio to the nearest 0.05?
______ feet

Answer:
14.15 feet

Explanation:
The area of a square is found by multiplying the side of the square by itself. Therefore, to find the side of the square, we have to take the square root of the area.
Let’s denote with A the area of the patio and with s each side of the square.
We have:
A = 200
A = s.s
s = \(\sqrt { A } \) = \(\sqrt { 200 } \)
Following the steps as in “Explore Activity” on page 9, we can make an estimation for the irrational number:
196 < 200 < 225
\(\sqrt { 196 } \) < \(\sqrt { 200 } \) < \(\sqrt { 225 } \)
14 < \(\sqrt { 200 } \) < 15
We see that 200 is much closer to 196 than to 225, therefore the square root of it should be between 14 and 14.5. To make a better estimation, we pick some numbers between 14 and 14.5 and calculate their squares:
(14.1)² = 198.81
(14.2)² = 201.64
14.1 < \(\sqrt { 200 } \) < 14.2
\(\sqrt { 200 } \) = 14.15
We see that 200 is much closer to 14.1 than to 14.2, therefore the square root of it should be between 14.1 and 14.15. If we round to the nearest 0.05, we have:
s = 14.15

1.2 Sets of Real Numbers

Write all names that apply to each number.

Question 8.
\(\frac { 121 }{ \sqrt { 121 } }\)
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Rational, whole, integer, real numbers

Explanation:
\(\frac { 121 }{ \sqrt { 121 } }\)
121/11 = 11

Question 9.
\(\frac{π}{2}\)
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Irrational, real numbers

Question 10.
Tell whether the statement “All integers are rational numbers” is true or false. Explain your choice.
___________

Answer:
True

Explanation:
“All integers are rational numbers” is true, because every integer can be expressed as a fraction with a denominator equal to 1. The set of integer A a subset of rational numbers.

1.3 Ordering Real Numbers

Compare. Write <, >, or =.

Question 11.
\(\sqrt { 8 }\) + 3 _______ 8 + \(\sqrt { 3 }\)

Answer:
\(\sqrt { 8 }\) + 3 < 8 + \(\sqrt { 3 }\)

Explanation:
4 < 8 < 9
\(\sqrt { 4 }\) < \(\sqrt { 8 }\) < \(\sqrt { 9 }\)
2 < \(\sqrt { 8 }\) < 3
1 < 3 < 4
\(\sqrt { 1 }\) < \(\sqrt { 3 }\) < \(\sqrt { 4 }\)
1 < \(\sqrt { 3 }\) < 2
\(\sqrt { 8 }\) + 3 is between 5 and 6
8 + \(\sqrt { 3 }\) is between 9 and 10
\(\sqrt { 8 }\) + 3 < 8 + \(\sqrt { 3 }\)

Question 12.
\(\sqrt { 5 }\) + 11 _______ 5 + \(\sqrt { 11 }\)

Answer:
\(\sqrt { 5 }\) + 11 > 5 + \(\sqrt { 11 }\)

Explanation:
\(\sqrt { 5 }\) lies in between 2 and 3
\(\sqrt { 11 }\) lies in between 3 and 4
\(\sqrt { 5 }\) + 11 lies in between 13 and 14
5 + \(\sqrt { 11 }\) lies in between 8 and 9
\(\sqrt { 5 }\) + 11 > 5 + \(\sqrt { 11 }\)

Order the numbers from least to greatest.

Question 13.
\(\sqrt { 99 }\), π2, 9.\(\bar { 8 }\)
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
π2, 9.\(\bar { 8 }\), \(\sqrt { 99 }\)

Explanation:
\(\sqrt { 99 }\), π2, 9.\(\bar { 8 }\)
99 lies between 9² and 10²
99 is closer to 100, hence \(\sqrt { 99 }\) is closer to 10
(9.9)² = 98.01
(9.95)² = 99.0025
(10)² = 100
\(\sqrt { 99 }\) = 9.95
π² = 9.86
9.88888 = 9.89
grade 8 chapter 1 image 8
π2, 9.\(\bar { 8 }\), \(\sqrt { 99 }\)

Question 14.
\(\sqrt { \frac { 1 }{ 25 } } \), \(\frac{1}{4}\), 0.\(\bar { 2 }\)
Type below:
____________

Answer:
\(\sqrt { \frac { 1 }{ 25 } } \), 0.\(\bar { 2 }\), \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
\(\sqrt { \frac { 1 }{ 25 } } \), \(\frac{1}{4}\), 0.\(\bar { 2 }\)
\(\sqrt { \frac { 1 }{ 25 } } \) = 1/5 = 0.2
1/4 = 0.25
0.\(\bar { 2 }\) = 0.222 = 0.22
grade 8 chapter 1 image 9
\(\sqrt { \frac { 1 }{ 25 } } \), 0.\(\bar { 2 }\), \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Essential Question

Question 15.
How are real numbers used to describe real-world situations?
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
In real-world situations, we use real numbers to count or make measurements. They can be seen as a convention for us to quantify things around, for example, the distance, the temperature, the height, etc.

Selected Response – Mixed Review – Page No. 28

Question 1.
The square root of a number is 9. What is the other square root?
Options:
a. -9
b. -3
c. 3
d. 81

Answer:
a. -9

Explanation:
We know that every positive number has two square roots, one positive and one negative. We are given the principal square root (9), so the other square root would be its negative (-9). To prove that, we square both numbers and we compare the results:
9 • 9 = 81
(-9). (-9)= 81

Question 2.
A square acre of land is 4,840 square yards. Between which two integers is the length of one side?
Options:
a. between 24 and 25 yards
b. between 69 and 70 yards
c. between 242 and 243 yards
d. between 695 and 696 yards

Answer:
b. between 69 and 70 yards

Explanation:
The area of a square is found by multiplying the side of the square by itself. Therefore, to Bud the side of the square, we have to take the square root of the area.
Let’s denote with A the area of the land and with each side of the square. We have:
A = 4840
A = s . s
A = s²
s = √A = √4840
Following the steps as in °Explore Activity on page 9, we can make an estimation for the irrational number:
4761 < 4840 < 4900
\(\sqrt { 4761 }\) < \(\sqrt { 4840 }\) < \(\sqrt { 4900 }\)
69 < \(\sqrt { 4840 }\) < 70
Each side of the land is between 69 and 70 yards.

Question 3.
Which of the following is an integer but not a whole number?
Options:
a. -9.6
b. -4
c. 0
d. 3.7

Answer:
b. -4

Explanation:
Whole numbers are not negative
-4 is an integer but not a whole number

Question 4.
Which statement is false?
Options:
a. No integers are irrational numbers.
b. All whole numbers are integers.
c. No real numbers are irrational numbers.
d. All integers greater than 0 are whole numbers.

Answer:
c. No real numbers are irrational numbers.

Explanation:
Rational and irrational numbers are real numbers.

Question 5.
Which set of numbers best describes the displayed weights on a digital scale that shows each weight to the nearest half pound?
Options:
a. whole numbers
b. rational numbers
c. real numbers
d. integers

Answer:
b. rational numbers

Explanation:
The scale weighs nearest to 1/2 pound.

Question 6.
Which of the following is not true?
Options:
a. π2 < 2π + 4
b. 3π > 9
c. \(\sqrt { 27 }\) + 3 > 172
d. 5 – \(\sqrt { 24 }\) < 1

Answer:
c. \(\sqrt { 27 }\) + 3 > 172

Explanation:
a. π2 < 2π + 4
(3.14)² < 2(3.14) + 4
9.86 < 10.28
True
b. 3π > 9
9.42 > 9
True
c. \(\sqrt { 27 }\) + 3 > 172
5.2 + 3 > 8.5
8.2 > 8.5
False
d. 5 – \(\sqrt { 24 }\) < 1
5 – 4.90 < 1
0.1 < 1
True

Question 7.
Which number is between \(\sqrt { 21 }\) and \(\frac{3π}{2}\) ?
Options:
a. \(\frac{14}{3}\)
b. 2 \(\sqrt { 6 }\)
c. 5
d. π + 1

Answer:

Explanation:
a. \(\sqrt { 21 }\) and \(\frac{3π}{2}\)
\(\sqrt { 21 }\) = 4.58
\(\frac{3π}{2}\) = 4.71
14/3 = 4.67
b. 2\(\sqrt { 6 }\) = 4.90
c. 5
d. π + 1 = 3.14 + 1 = 4.14

Question 8.
What number is shown on the graph?
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 1 Real Numbers Mixed Review img 11
Options:
a. π+3
b. \(\sqrt { 4 }\) + 2.5
c. \(\sqrt { 20 }\) + 2
d. 6.\(\overline { 14 } \)

Answer:
c. \(\sqrt { 20 }\) + 2

Explanation:
6.48
a. π+3 = 3.14 + 3 = 6.14
b. \(\sqrt { 4 }\) + 2.5 = 2 + 2.5 = 4.5
c. \(\sqrt { 20 }\) + 2 = 4.47 + 2 = 6.47
d. 6.\(\overline { 14 } \) = 6.1414

Question 9.
Which is in order from least to greatest?
Options:
a. 3.3, \(\frac{10}{3}\), π, \(\frac{11}{4}\)
b. \(\frac{10}{3}\), 3.3, \(\frac{11}{4}\), π
c. π, \(\frac{10}{3}\), \(\frac{11}{4}\), 3.3
d. \(\frac{11}{4}\), π, 3.3, \(\frac{10}{3}\)

Answer:
d. \(\frac{11}{4}\), π, 3.3, \(\frac{10}{3}\)

Explanation:
10/3 = 3.3333333
11/4 = 2.75
grade 8 chapter 1 image 10

Mini-Task

Question 10.
The volume of a cube is given by V = x3, where x is the length of an edge of the cube. The area of a square is given by A = x2, where x is the length of a side of the square. A given cube has a volume of 1728 cubic inches.
a. Find the length of an edge.
______ inches

Answer:
12 inches

Explanation:
V = x3
A = x2
1728 = x3
x = 12
The length of an edge = 12 in

Question 10.
b. Find the area of one side of the cube.
______ in2

Answer:
144 in2

Explanation:
A = (12)² = 144
Area of the side of the cube = 144 in2

Question 10.
c. Find the surface area of the cube.
______ in2

Answer:
864 in2

Explanation:
SA = 6 (12)² = 864
The surface area of the cube = 864 in2

Question 10.
d. What is the surface area in square feet?
______ ft2

Answer:
6 ft2

Explanation:
SA = 864/144 = 6
The surface area of the cube = 6 ft2

Conclusion:

We hope the details prevailed in this Grade 8 Go Math Answer Key Chapter 1 Real Numbers is helpful for you guys. Make use of the above links and try to solve all the problems. This HMH Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key also helps to complete the homework within the time without any mistakes. Stick to our ccssmathanswers.com site to get the pdf links of all the chapters. Feel free to post your comments in the below box. We will try to clarify your doubts as early as possible. All the Best Guys!!!

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions

go-math-grade-4-chapter-7-add-and-subtract-fractions-review-test-answer-key

Hello Kids!!! What you are waiting for? Here is the Answer Key for Go Math HMH Grade 4 Chapter 7? Just make use of these Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions and practice well. Students who are preparing for the grade 4 maths exam can get this Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions pdf from here to access and download for free.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions

Download Go Math Grade 4 Solution Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions in pdf format and aid your preparation. First of all, begin your practice session with textbook solutions and then jump into this Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions for gaining better subject knowledge. These solutions are written by subject experts in a comprehend manner. So, you all can easily understand and practice more concepts.

Lesson: 1 – Add and Subtract Parts of a Whole

Lesson: 2 – Write Fractions as Sums

Lesson: 3 – Add Fractions Using Models

Lesson: 4 – Subtract Fractions Using Models

Lesson: 5 – Add and Subtract Fractions

Lesson: 6 – Rename Fractions and Mixed Numbers

Lesson: 7 – Add and Subtract Mixed Numbers

Lesson: 8 – Record Subtraction with

Lesson: 9 – Fractions and Properties of Addition

Lesson: 10 – Read each problem and solve.

Lesson 7.1

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 133

Add and Subtract Parts of a Whole

Use the model to write an equation.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 1

Explanation:
By seeing the above 3 figures we can say that the fraction of the shaded part of the first circle is 3/8, the fraction of the second figure is 2/8
By adding the 2 fractions we get the fraction of the third circle.
3/8 + 2/8 = 5/8

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 2
Type below:
_________

Answer: 4/5 – 3/5 = 1/5

Explanation:
The fraction of the shaded part for the above rectangle is 4/5
The fraction of the box is 3/5
The equation for the above figure is 4/5 – 3/5 = 1/5

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 3
Type below:
_________

Answer: 1/4 + 2/4 = 3/4

Explanation:
The name of the fraction for the shaded part of first figure is 1/4
The name of the fraction for the shaded part of second figure is 1/4
The name of the fraction for the shaded part of third figure is 3/4
So, The equation for the above figure is 1/4 + 2/4 = 3/4

Use the model to solve the equation.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 4
\(\frac{2}{6}+\frac{3}{6}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac { 2 }{ 6 } +\frac { 3 }{ 6 } =\frac { 5 }{ 6 } \)

Explanation:
The name of the fraction for the shaded part of first figure is 2/6
The name of the fraction for the shaded part of second figure is 3/6
The name of the fraction for the shaded part of third figure is 5/6
So, The equation for the above figure is \(\frac { 2 }{ 6 } +\frac { 3 }{ 6 } =\frac { 5 }{ 6 } \)

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 5
\(\frac{3}{5}-\frac{2}{5}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac { 3 }{ 5 } -\frac { 2 }{ 5 } =\frac { 1 }{ 5 } \)

Explanation:
The name of the fraction for the shaded part of figure is 3/5
The name of the fraction for the shaded part of closed box is 2/5
So, The equation for the above figure is \(\frac { 3 }{ 5 } -\frac { 2 }{ 5 } =\frac { 1 }{ 5 } \)

Problem Solving

Question 6.
Jake ate \(\frac{4}{8}\) of a pizza. Millie ate \(\frac{3}{8}\) of the same pizza. How much of the pizza was eaten by Jake and Millie?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 7/8 of pizza

Explanation:
Given that,
Jake ate \(\frac { 4 }{ 8 } \) of a pizza.
Millie ate \(\frac { 3}{ 8 } \) of the same pizza.
To find how much of the pizza was eaten by Jake and Millie
We have to add both the fractions
\(\frac { 4 }{ 8 } \) + \(\frac { 3 }{ 8 } \) = \(\frac { 7 }{ 8 } \)
Thus the fraction of the pizza eaten by Jake and Millie is \(\frac { 7 }{ 8 } \)

Question 7.
Kate ate \(\frac{1}{4}\) of her orange. Ben ate \(\frac{2}{4}\) of his banana. Did Kate and Ben eat \(\frac{1}{4}+\frac{2}{4}=\frac{3}{4}\) of their fruit?
Explain.
Type below:
__________

Answer: No, one whole refers to orange and the other whole to a banana.

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 134

Lesson Check

Question 1.
A whole pie is cut into 8 equal slices. Three of the slices are served. How much of the pie is left?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{8}\)
b. \(\frac{3}{8}\)
c. \(\frac{5}{8}\)
d. \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Answer: \(\frac { 5 }{ 8} \)

Explanation:
Given,
A whole pie is cut into 8 equal slices. Three of the slices are served.
The fraction of 8 slices is 8/8.
Out of which 3/8 are served.
8/8 – 3/8 = 5/8
Therefore \(\frac { 5 }{ 8} \) of the pie is left.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 2.
An orange is divided into 6 equal wedges. Jody eats 1 wedge. Then she eats 3 more wedges. How much of the orange did Jody eat?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{6}\)
b. \(\frac{4}{6}\)
c. \(\frac{5}{6}\)
d. \(\frac{6}{6}\)

Answer: \(\frac { 4}{ 6 } \)

Explanation:
Given,
An orange is divided into 6 equal wedges.
Jody eats 1 wedge.
Then she eats 3 more wedges.
The fraction of orange that Jody eat is \(\frac { 4}{ 6 } \).
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Which list of distances is in order from least to greatest?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{8} mile, \frac{3}{16} mile, \frac{3}{4} mile\)
b. \(\frac{3}{4} mile, \frac{1}{8} mile, \frac{3}{16} mile\)
c. \(\frac{1}{8} mile, \frac{3}{4} mile, \frac{3}{16} mile\)
d. \(\frac{3}{16} mile, \frac{1}{8} mile, \frac{3}{4} mile\)

Answer: \(\frac { 1 }{ 8 } \) Mile, \(\frac { 3 }{ 16 } \) Mile, \(\frac { 3 }{ 4 } \) Mile

Explantion:
Compare the three fractions 1/8, 3/4 and 3/16
Make the common denominators.
1/8 × 2/2 = 2/16
3/4 × 4/4 = 12/16
The fractions are 2/16, 12/16 and 3/16
The numerator with the highest number will be the greatest.
The fractions from least to greatest is \(\frac { 1 }{ 8 } \) Mile, \(\frac { 3 }{ 16 } \) Mile, \(\frac { 3 }{ 4 } \) Mile.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 4.
Jeremy walked \(\frac{6}{8}\) of the way to school and ran the rest of the way. What fraction, in simplest form, shows the part of the way that Jeremy walked?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{4}\)
b. \(\frac{3}{8}\)
c. \(\frac{1}{2}\)
d. \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Answer: \(\frac { 3 }{ 4 } \)

Explanation:
Given,
Jeremy walked 6/8 of the way to school and ran the rest of the way.
The simplest form of 6/8 is 3/8.
The simplest form of part of the way that Jeremy walked is 3/8.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 5.
An elevator starts on the 100th floor of a building. It descends 4 floors every 10 seconds. At what floor will the elevator be 60 seconds after it starts?
Options:
a. 60th floor
b. 66th floor
c. 72nd floor
d. 76th floor

Answer: 76th floor

Explanation:
Given,
An elevator starts on the 100th floor of a building.
It descends 4 floors every 10 seconds.
4 floors – 10 seconds
? – 60 seconds
60 × 4/10 = 240/10 = 24 floors
100 – 24 = 76th floor
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 6.
For a school play, the teacher asked the class to set up chairs in 20 rows with 25 chairs in each row. After setting up all the chairs, they were 5 chairs short. How many chairs did the class set up?
Options:
a. 400
b. 450
c. 495
d. 500

Answer: 495

Explanation:
Given,
For a school play, the teacher asked the class to set up chairs in 20 rows with 25 chairs in each row.
After setting up all the chairs, they were 5 chairs short.
20 × 25 = 500
500 – 5 = 495
Therefore the class set up 495 chairs.
Thus the correct answer is c.

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 135

Write Fractions as Sums

Write the fraction as a sum of unit fractions.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 6

Answer: 1/5 + 1/5 + 1/5 + 1/5

Explanation:
The sum of the unit fractions for 4/5 is 1/5 + 1/5 + 1/5 + 1/5.

Question 2.
\(\frac{3}{8}\) =
Type below:
__________

Answer: 1/8 + 1/8 + 1/8

Explanation:
The sum of the unit fractions for 3/8 is 1/8 + 1/8 + 1/8

Question 3.
\(\frac{6}{12}\) =
Type below:
__________

Answer: 1/12 + 1/12 + 1/12 + 1/12 + 1/12 + 1/12

Explanation:
The sum of the unit fractions for 6/12 is 1/12 + 1/12 + 1/12 + 1/12 + 1/12 + 1/12

Question 4.
\(\frac{4}{4}\) =
Type below:
__________

Answer: 1/4 + 1/4 + 1/4 + 1/4

Explanation:
The sum of the unit fractions for 4/4 is 1/4 + 1/4 + 1/4 + 1/4

Write the fraction as a sum of fractions three different ways.

Question 5.
\(\frac{7}{10}\)
Type below:
__________

Answer: 1/10 + 1/10 + 1/10 + 1/10 + 1/10 + 1/10 + 1/10

Explanation:
The sum of the unit fractions for 7/10 is 1/10 + 1/10 + 1/10 + 1/10 + 1/10 + 1/10 + 1/10

Question 6.
\(\frac{6}{6}\)
Type below:
__________

Answer: 1/6 + 1/6 + 1/6 + 1/6 + 1/6 + 1/6

Explanation:
The sum of the unit fractions for 6/6 is 1/6 + 1/6 + 1/6 + 1/6 + 1/6 + 1/6

Problem Solving

Question 7.
Miguel’s teacher asks him to color \(\frac{4}{8}\) of his grid. He must use 3 colors: red, blue, and green. There must be more green sections than red sections. How can Miguel color the sections of his grid to follow all the rules?
Type below:
__________

Answer: 1/8 red, 1/8 blue, and 2/8 green

Explanation:
If there are 8 tiles, coloring \(\frac { 4 }{ 8 }\) means coloring 4 tiles. Using those three colors, we could use each 1 time with 1 leftover. Since we must have more green, we would use it twice; this would give us 2 green, 1 red and 1 blue.
Since the grid is not necessarily 8 squares, we must account for this by saying 2/8 green, 1/8 red, and 1/8 blue

Question 8.
Petra is asked to color \(\frac{6}{6}\) of her grid. She must use 3 colors: blue, red, and pink. There must be more blue sections than red sections or pink sections. What are the different ways Petra can color the sections of her grid and follow all the rules?
Type below:
__________

Answer: 3/6 blue, 2/6 red, 1/6 pink

Explanation:
1. 3 blues, 2 red, 1 pink.
2. 3 blues, 2 pink, 1 red.
3. 4 blues, 1 red, 1 pink
The different ways in which Petra can color the sections of her grid and follow the rules are;
1. 3 blues, 2 red, 1 pink.
2. 3 blues, 2 pink, 1 red.
3. 4 blues, 1 red, 1 pink
All these three ways follows the rules that; there must be three colors an also Blue sections are more than red sections or pink sections.

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 136

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Jorge wants to write \(\frac{4}{5}\) as a sum of unit fractions. Which of the following should he write?
Options:
a. \(\frac{3}{5}+\frac{1}{5}\)
b. \(\frac{2}{5}+\frac{2}{5}\)
c. \(\frac{1}{5}+\frac{1}{5}+\frac{2}{5}\)
d. \(\frac{1}{5}+\frac{1}{5}+\frac{1}{5}+\frac{1}{5}\)

Answer: \(\frac { 1 }{ 5 } +\frac { 1 }{ 5 } +\frac { 1 }{ 5 } +\frac { 1 }{ 5 } \)

Explanation:
Given,
Jorge wants to write \(\frac { 4 }{ 5 } \) as a sum of unit fractions.
The sum of the unit fraction for \(\frac { 4 }{ 5 } \) is \(\frac { 1 }{ 5 } +\frac { 1 }{ 5 } +\frac { 1 }{ 5 } +\frac { 1 }{ 5 } \)
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 2.
Which expression is equivalent to \(\frac{7}{8}\)?
Options:
a. \(\frac{5}{8}+\frac{2}{8}+\frac{1}{8}\)
b. \(\frac{3}{8}+\frac{3}{8}+\frac{1}{8}+\frac{1}{8}\)
c. \(\frac{4}{8}+\frac{2}{8}+\frac{1}{8}\)
d. \(\frac{4}{8}+\frac{2}{8}+\frac{2}{8}\)

Answer: \(\frac { 4 }{ 8 } +\frac { 2 }{ 8 }+\frac { 1 }{ 8 } \)

Explanation:
The fraction equivalent to \(\frac { 7 }{ 8 } \) is \(\frac { 4 }{ 8 } +\frac { 2 }{ 8 }+\frac { 1 }{ 8 } \).
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
An apple is cut into 6 equal slices. Nancy eats 2 of the slices. What fraction of the apple is left?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{6}\)
b. \(\frac{2}{6}\)
c. \(\frac{3}{6}\)
d. \(\frac{4}{6}\)

Answer: \(\frac { 4 }{ 6 } \)

Explanation:
Given,
An apple is cut into 6 equal slices. Nancy eats 2 of the slices.
6 – 2 = 4
\(\frac { 6 }{ 6 } \) – \(\frac { 2 }{ 6 } \) = \(\frac { 4 }{ 6 } \)
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 4.
Which of the following numbers is a prime number?
Options:
a. 1
b. 11
c. 21
d. 51

Answer: 11

Explanation:
A prime number is a natural number greater than 1 that is not a product of two smaller natural numbers.
11 is a multiple of 1 and itself.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 5.
A teacher has a bag of 100 unit cubes. She gives an equal number of cubes to each of the 7 groups in her class. She gives each group as many cubes as she
can. How many unit cubes are left over?
Options:
a. 1
b. 2
c. 3
d. 6

Answer: 2

Explanation:
Given,
A teacher has a bag of 100 unit cubes. She gives an equal number of cubes to each of the 7 groups in her class.
She gives each group as many cubes as she can.
100 divided by 7 is 14 r 2, so there are 2 leftover.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 6.
Jessie sorted the coins in her bank. She made 7 stacks of 6 dimes and 8 stacks of 5 nickels. She then found 1 dime and 1 nickel. How many dimes and nickels does Jessie have in all?
Options:
a. 84
b. 82
c. 80
d. 28

Answer: 84

Explanation:
Given,
Jessie sorted the coins in her bank. She made 7 stacks of 6 dimes and 8 stacks of 5 nickels.
She then found 1 dime and 1 nickel.
43 dimes and 41 nickles
43 + 41 = 84
Jessie has 84 dimes and nickels in all.
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 137

Add Fractions Using Models

Find the sum. Use fraction strips to help.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 7

Answer: 3/6

Question 2.
\(\frac{4}{10}+\frac{5}{10}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 9/10
HMH Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Img_6

Question 3.
\(\frac{1}{3}+\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3/3
HMH Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter Add & Subtract Fractions Img_7

Question 4.
\(\frac{2}{4}+\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3/4
HMH Go Math Grade 4 Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Img_8

Question 5.
\(\frac{2}{12}+\frac{4}{12}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 6/12
HMH Go Math Grade 4 Key Chapter 7 Add & Subtract Fractions Img_9

Question 6.
\(\frac{1}{6}+\frac{2}{6}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3/6
Go Math Grade 4 Key Chapter 7 Add & Subtract Fractions Img_10

Question 7.
\(\frac{3}{12}+\frac{9}{12}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 12/12

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add & Subtract Fractions Img_11

Question 8.
\(\frac{3}{8}+\frac{4}{8}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 7/8

Go Math 4th Grade Key Chapter 7 Add & Subtract Fractions Img_12

Question 9.
\(\frac{3}{4}+\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 4/4
Go Math 4th Grade Answer Key Chapter 7 Add & Subtract Fractions Img_13

Question 10.
\(\frac{1}{5}+\frac{2}{5}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3/5

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter Img_14

Problem Solving

Question 11.
Lola walks \(\frac{4}{10}\) mile to her friend’s house. Then she walks \(\frac{5}{10}\) mile to the store. How far does she walk in all?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) mile

Answer: \(\frac { 9 }{ 10 } \) mile

Explanation:
Given,
Lola walks \(\frac { 4 }{ 10} \) mile to her friend’s house.
Then she walks \(\frac { 5 }{ 10 } \) mile to the store.
\(\frac { 4 }{ 10} \) + \(\frac { 5 }{ 10 } \) = \(\frac { 9 }{ 10 } \)
Therefore she walked \(\frac { 9 }{ 10 } \) mile in all.

Question 12.
Evan eats \(\frac{1}{8}\) of a pan of lasagna and his brother eats \(\frac{2}{8}\) of it. What fraction of the pan of lasagna do they eat in all?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac { 3 }{ 8 } \) of the pan

Explanation:
Given,
Evan eats \(\frac { 1 }{ 8 } \) of a pan of lasagna and his brother eats \(\frac { 2 }{ 8 } \) of it.
\(\frac { 1 }{ 8 } \) + \(\frac { 2 }{ 8 } \)
= \(\frac { 3 }{ 8 } \)

Question 13.
Jacqueline buys \(\frac{2}{4}\) yard of green ribbon and \(\frac{1}{4}\) yard of pink ribbon. How many yards of ribbon does she buy in all?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) yard

Answer: \(\frac { 3 }{ 4 } \) yard

Explanation:
Given,
Jacqueline buys \(\frac { 2 }{ 4 } \) yard of green ribbon and \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 } \) yard of pink ribbon.
\(\frac { 2 }{ 4 } \) + \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 } \)
= \(\frac { 3 }{ 4 } \)
Thus Jacqueline bought \(\frac { 3 }{ 4 } \) yards of ribbon in all.

Question 14.
Shu mixes \(\frac{2}{3}\) pound of peanuts with \(\frac{1}{3}\) pound of almonds. How many pounds of nuts does Shu mix in all?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) pound

Answer: 3/3 pound

Explanation:
Given,
Shu mixes \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 } \) pound of peanuts with \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \) pound of almonds.
\(\frac { 2 }{ 3 } \) + \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)
= \(\frac { 3 }{ 3 } \)
Therefore Shu mix \(\frac { 3 }{ 3 } \) pounds of nuts in all.

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 138

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Mary Jane has \(\frac{3}{8}\) of a medium pizza left. Hector has \(\frac{2}{8}\) of another medium pizza left. How much pizza do they have altogether?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{8}\)
b. \(\frac{4}{8}\)
c. \(\frac{5}{8}\)
d. \(\frac{6}{8}\)

Answer: \(\frac { 5 }{ 8 } \)

Explanation:
Given,
Mary Jane has \(\frac { 3 }{ 8 } \) of a medium pizza left.
Hector has \(\frac { 2 }{ 8 } \) of another medium pizza left.
To find how much pizza do they have altogether we have to add both the fractions.
\(\frac { 3 }{ 8 } \) + \(\frac { 2 }{ 8 } \) = \(\frac { 5 }{ 8 } \)
Therefore Mary Jane and Hector has \(\frac { 5 }{ 8 } \) pizza altogether.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 2.
Jeannie ate \(\frac{1}{4}\) of an apple. Kelly ate \(\frac{2}{4}\) of the apple. How much did they eat in all?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{4}\)
b. \(\frac{2}{8}\)
c. \(\frac{3}{8}\)
d. \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Answer: \(\frac { 3 }{ 4 } \)

Explanation:
Given,
Jeannie ate \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 } \) of an apple.
Kelly ate \(\frac { 2 }{ 4 } \) of the apple.
\(\frac { 1 }{ 4 } \) + \(\frac { 2 }{ 4 } \) = \(\frac { 3 }{ 4 } \)
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Karen is making 14 different kinds of greeting cards. She is making 12 of each kind. How many greeting cards is she making?
Options:
a. 120
b. 132
c. 156
d. 168

Answer: 168

Explanation:
Given,
Karen is making 14 different kinds of greeting cards.
She is making 12 of each kind.
To find how many greeting cards she is making we have to multiply 14 and 12.
14 × 12 = 168.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 4.
Jefferson works part time and earns $1,520 in four weeks. How much does he earn each week?
Options:
a. $305
b. $350
c. $380
d. $385

Answer: $380

Explanation:
Jefferson works part-time and earns $1,520 in four weeks.
1520 – 4 weeks
? – 1 week
1520/4 = $380
Thus the correct answer is option c

Question 5.
By installing efficient water fixtures, the average American can reduce water use to about 45 gallons of water per day. Using such water fixtures, about how many gallons of water would the average American use in December?
Options:
a. about 1,200 gallons
b. about 1,500 gallons
c. about 1,600 gallons
d. about 2,000 gallons

Answer: about 1,500 gallons

Explanation:
Given,
By installing efficient water fixtures, the average American can reduce water use to about 45 gallons of water per day.
1 day – 45 gallons
31 days – ?
45 × 31 = 1395 gallons
The number near to 1395 is 1500 gallons.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 6.
Collin is making a bulletin board and note center. He is using square cork tiles and square dry-erase tiles. One of every 3 squares will be a cork square. If he uses 12 squares for the center, how many will be cork squares?
Options:
a. 3
b. 4
c. 6
d. 8

Answer: 4

Explanation:
Given that,
Collin is making a bulletin board and note center.
He is using square cork tiles and square dry-erase tiles.
One of every 3 squares will be a cork square.
12/3 = 4
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 139

Subtract Fractions Using Models

Subtract. Use fraction strips to help.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 8

Answer: 3/5

Explanation:
Given the fraction, 4/5 and 1/5
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so subtract the numerators.
4/5 – 1/5 = 3/5

Question 2.
\(\frac{3}{4}-\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2/4

Explanation:
Given the fractions \(\frac { 3}{ 4 } \) and [/latex] \frac { 1}{ 4 } [/latex]
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so subtract the numerators.
\(\frac { 3}{ 4 } – \frac { 1}{ 4 } = \frac { 2 }{ 4 } \)

Question 3.
\(\frac{5}{6}-\frac{1}{6}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 4/6

Explanation:
Given the fractions \(\frac { 5 }{ 6 } \) and [/latex] \frac { 1 }{ 6 } [/latex]
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so subtract the numerators.
\(\frac { 5}{ 6 } – \frac { 1}{ 6 } = \frac { 4 }{ 6 } \)

Question 4.
\(\frac{7}{8}-\frac{1}{8}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 6/8

Explanation:
Given the fractions \(\frac { 7 }{ 8 } \) and [/latex] \frac { 1 }{ 8 } [/latex]
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so subtract the numerators.
\(\frac { 7}{ 8 } – \frac { 1}{ 8 } = \frac { 6 }{ 8 } \)

Question 5.
1 – \(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1/3

Explanation:
Given the fractions \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \) and [/latex] \frac { 2 }{ 3 } [/latex]
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so subtract the numerators.
\(\frac { 1}{ 3 } – \frac { 2}{ 3 } = \frac { 1}{ 3 } \)

Question 6.
\(\frac{8}{10}-\frac{2}{10}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 6/10

Explanation:
Given the fractions \(\frac { 8 }{ 10 } \) and [/latex] \frac { 2 }{ 10 } [/latex]
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so subtract the numerators.
\(\frac { 8}{ 10 } – \frac { 2}{ 10 } = \frac { 6 }{ 10 } \)

Question 7.
\(\frac{3}{4}-\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2/4

Explanation:
Given the fractions \(\frac { 3 }{ 4 } \) and [/latex] \frac { 1 }{ 4 } [/latex]
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so subtract the numerators.
\(\frac { 3}{ 4 } – \frac { 1}{ 4 } = \frac { 2 }{ 4 } \)

Question 8.
\(\frac{7}{6}-\frac{5}{6}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2/6

Explanation:
Given the fractions \(\frac { 7 }{ 6 } \) and [/latex] \frac { 5 }{ 6 } [/latex]
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so subtract the numerators.
\(\frac { 7}{ 6 } – \frac {5}{ 6 } = \frac { 2 }{ 6 } \)

Problem Solving

Use the table for 9 and 10.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 9

Question 9.
Ena is making trail mix. She buys the items shown in the table. How many more pounds of pretzels than raisins does she buy?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 5/8 pound

Explanation:
Given that,
Ena is making trail mix.
pretzels = 7/8
Raisins = 2/8
To find the number of more pounds of pretzels than raisins she buy
we have to subtract both the fractions.
7/8 – 2/8 = 5/8

Question 10.
How many more pounds of granola than banana chips does she buy?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2/8 pound

Explanation:
Granola = 5/8
Banana Chips = 3/8
To find How many more pounds of granola than banana chips does she buy we have to subtract both the fractions.
5/8 – 3/8 = 2/8 pounds

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 140

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Lee reads for \(\frac{3}{4}\) hour in the morning and \(\frac{2}{4}\) hour in the afternoon. How much longer does Lee read in the morning than in the afternoon?
Options:
a. 5 hours
b. \(\frac{5}{4}\) hours
c. \(\frac{4}{4}\) hour
d. \(\frac{1}{4}\) hour

Answer: \(\frac { 1}{ 4} \)

Explanation:
Given,
Lee reads for \(\frac { 3}{ 4} \) hour in the morning and \(\frac {2}{ 4} \) hour in the afternoon.
\(\frac { 3}{ 4} \) – \(\frac {2}{ 4} \) = \(\frac { 1}{ 4} \)
Lee read \(\frac { 1}{ 4} \) hour in the morning than in the afternoon.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 2.
Which equation does the model below represent?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 10
Options:
a. \(\frac{3}{6}-\frac{2}{6}=\frac{1}{6}\)
b. \(\frac{2}{6}-\frac{1}{6}=\frac{1}{6}\)
c. \(\frac{5}{6}-\frac{3}{6}=\frac{2}{6}\)
d. 1 – \(\frac{3}{6}\) = \(\frac{3}{6}\)

Answer: \(\frac { 5}{ 6} – \frac { 3}{ 6} = \frac { 2}{ 6} \)

Explanation:
From the above figure we can say that \(\frac { 5}{ 6} – \frac { 3}{ 6} = \frac { 2}{ 6} \)
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
A city received 2 inches of rain each day for 3 days. The meteorologist said that if the rain had been snow, each inch of rain would have been 10 inches of snow. How much snow would that city have received in the 3 days?
Options:
a. 20 inches
b. 30 inches
c. 50 inches
d. 60 inches

Answer: 60 inches

Explanation:
Given,
A city received 2 inches of rain each day for 3 days.
2 × 3 inches = 6 inches
The meteorologist said that if the rain had been snow, each inch of rain would have been 10 inches of snow.
6 × 10 inches = 60 inches
Therefore the city has received 60 inches of snow in 3 days.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 4.
At a party there were four large submarine sandwiches, all the same size. During the party, \(\frac{2}{3}\) of the chicken sandwich, \(\frac{3}{4}\) of the tuna sandwich, \(\frac{7}{12}\) of the roast beef sandwich, and \(\frac{5}{6}\) of the veggie sandwich were eaten. Which sandwich had the least amount left?
Options:
a. chicken
b. tuna
c. roast beef
d. veggie

Answer: veggie

Explanation:
Given,
At a party there were four large submarine sandwiches, all the same size. During the party, \(\frac { 2}{ 3} \) of the chicken sandwich, \(\frac { 3}{ 4} \) of the tuna sandwich, \(\frac { 7}{ 12} \) of the roast beef sandwich, and \(\frac { 5}{ 6} \) of the veggie sandwich were eaten.
Compare the fractions \(\frac { 2}{ 3} \), \(\frac { 3}{ 4} \) , \(\frac { 7}{ 12} \) and \(\frac { 5}{ 6} \).
Among all the fractions veggie has the least fraction.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 5.
Deena uses \(\frac{3}{8}\) cup milk and \(\frac{2}{8}\) cup oil in a recipe. How much liquid does she use in all?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{8}\) cup
b. \(\frac{5}{8}\) cup
c. \(\frac{6}{8}\) cup
d. 5 cups

Answer: \(\frac {5}{ 8} \) cup

Explanation:
Given,
Deena uses \(\frac { 3}{ 8} \) cup milk and \(\frac { 2}{ 8} \) cup oil in a recipe.
\(\frac { 3}{ 8} \) + \(\frac { 2}{ 8} \) = \(\frac {5}{ 8} \) cup
Therefore she used \(\frac {5}{ 8} \) cup of milk in all.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 6.
In the car lot, \(\frac{4}{12}\) of the cars are white and \(\frac{3}{12}\) of the cars are blue. What fraction of the cars in the lot are either white or blue?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{12}\)
b. \(\frac{7}{24}\)
c. \(\frac{7}{12}\)
d. 7

Answer: \(\frac { 7}{ 12} \)

Explanation:
Given,
In the car lot, \(\frac { 4}{ 12} \) of the cars are white and \(\frac { 3}{ 12} \) of the cars are blue.
\(\frac { 4}{ 12} \) + \(\frac { 3}{ 12} \) = \(\frac { 7}{ 12} \)
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 141

Add and Subtract Fractions

Find the sum or difference.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 11

Answer: 12/12

Explanation:
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so add the numerators.
\(\frac{4}{12}\) + \(\frac{8}{12}\)
= \(\frac{12}{12}\)

Question 2.
\(\frac{3}{6}-\frac{1}{6}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2/6

Explanation:
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so Subtract the numerators.
\(\frac{3}{6}\) – \(\frac{1}{6}\)
= \(\frac{2}{6}\)

Question 3.
\(\frac{4}{5}-\frac{3}{5}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1/5

Explanation:
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so Subtract the numerators.
\(\frac{4}{5}\) – \(\frac{3}{5}\)
= \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Question 4.
\(\frac{6}{10}+\frac{3}{10}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 9/10

Explanation:
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so add the numerators.
\(\frac{6}{10}+\frac{3}{10}\) = \(\frac{9}{10}\)

Question 5.
1 – \(\frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 5/8

Explanation:
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so Subtract the numerators.
1 – \(\frac{3}{8}\)
= \(\frac{8}{8}\) – \(\frac{3}{8}\)
= \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Question 6.
\(\frac{1}{4}+\frac{2}{4}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3/4

Explanation:
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so add the numerators.
\(\frac{1}{4}+\frac{2}{4}\) = \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Question 7.
\(\frac{9}{12}-\frac{5}{12}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 4/12

Explanation:
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so Subtract the numerators.
\(\frac{9}{12}-\frac{5}{12}\) = \(\frac{4}{12}\)

Question 8.
\(\frac{5}{6}-\frac{2}{6}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3/6

Explanation:
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so Subtract the numerators.
\(\frac{5}{6}-\frac{2}{6}\) = \(\frac{3}{6}\)

Question 9.
\(\frac{2}{3}+\frac{1}{3}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3/3 = 1

Explanation:
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so add the numerators.
\(\frac{2}{3}+\frac{1}{3}\) = \(\frac{3}{3}\) = 1

Problem Solving

Use the table for 10 and 11. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 12

Question 10.
Guy finds how far his house is from several locations and makes the table shown. How much farther away from Guy’s house is the library than the cafe?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{5}{10}\) mile

Explanation:
The distance from Guy’s house to the library is \(\frac{9}{10}\) mile
The distance from Guy’s house to the cafe is \(\frac{4}{10}\) mile
To find how much farther away from Guy’s house is the library than the cafe subtract both the fractions.
\(\frac{9}{10}\) – \(\frac{4}{10}\) = \(\frac{5}{10}\) mile

Question 11.
If Guy walks from his house to school and back, how far does he walk?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 10/10 mile

Explanation:
The distance from Guy’s house to school = \(\frac{5}{10}\) mile
From school to house \(\frac{5}{10}\) mile
\(\frac{5}{10}\) + \(\frac{5}{10}\) = \(\frac{10}{10}\) mile

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 142

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Mr. Angulo buys \(\frac{5}{8}\) pound of red grapes and \(\frac{3}{8}\) pound of green grapes. How many pounds of grapes did Mr. Angulo buy in all?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{8}\) pound
b. \(\frac{2}{8}\) pound
c. 1 pound
d. 2 pounds

Answer: 1 pound

Explanation:
Given that,
Mr. Angulo buys \(\frac{5}{8}\) pound of red grapes and \(\frac{3}{8}\)pound of green grapes.
\(\frac{5}{8}\) + \(\frac{3}{8}\)
= \(\frac{8}{8}\)
= 1
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 2.
Which equation does the model below represent?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 13
Options:
a. \(\frac{7}{8}+\frac{2}{8}=\frac{9}{8}\)
b. \(\frac{5}{8}-\frac{2}{8}=\frac{3}{8}\)
c. \(\frac{8}{8}-\frac{5}{8}=\frac{3}{8}\)
d. \(\frac{7}{8}-\frac{2}{8}=\frac{5}{8}\)

Answer: \(\frac{7}{8}\) – \(\frac{2}{8}\) = \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Explanation:
By seeing the above figure we can say that, the equation of the model is
\(\frac{7}{8}\) – \(\frac{2}{8}\) = \(\frac{5}{8}\)
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
There are 6 muffins in a package. How many packages will be needed to feed 48 people if each person has 2 muffins?
Options:
a. 4
b. 8
c. 16
d. 24

Answer: 16

Explanation:
There are 6 muffins in a package.
Number of people = 48
48/6 = 8
Also given that each person gets 2 muffins.
8 × 2 = 16
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 4.
Camp Oaks gets 32 boxes of orange juice and 56 boxes of apple juice. Each shelf in the cupboard can hold 8 boxes of juice. What is the least number of shelves
needed for all the juice boxes?
Options:
a. 4
b. 7
c. 11
d. 88

Answer: 11

Explanation:
Given,
Camp Oaks gets 32 boxes of orange juice and 56 boxes of apple juice.
Each shelf in the cupboard can hold 8 boxes of juice.
First, add the boxes of orange juice and apple juice.
32 + 56 = 88 boxes of juice
Now divide 88 by 8
88/8 = 11
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 5.
A machine makes 18 parts each hour. If the machine operates 24 hours a day, how many parts can it make in one day
Options:
a. 302
b. 332
c. 362
d. 432

Answer: 432

Explanation:
Given,
A machine makes 18 parts each hour.
Multiply the number of parts with the number of hours.
18 × 24 = 432 parts in a day.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 6.
Which equation does the model below represent?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 14
Options:
a. \(\frac{5}{6}-\frac{4}{6}=\frac{1}{6}\)
b. \(\frac{4}{5}-\frac{1}{5}=\frac{3}{5}\)
c. \(\frac{5}{5}-\frac{4}{5}=\frac{1}{5}\)
d. \(\frac{6}{6}-\frac{4}{6}=\frac{2}{6}\)

Answer: \(\frac{5}{6}\) – \(\frac{4}{6}\) = \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Explanation:
By observing the figure we can say that the equation is \(\frac{5}{6}\) – \(\frac{4}{6}\) = \(\frac{1}{6}\).
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 143

Rename Fractions and Mixed Numbers

Write the mixed number as a fraction.

Question 1.
2 \(\frac{3}{5}\)
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 15

 

Question 2.
4 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{13}{3}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{3}{3}\) + \(\frac{3}{3}\) + \(\frac{3}{3}\) + \(\frac{3}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\) = \(\frac{13}{3}\)

Question 3.
1 \(\frac{2}{5}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{7}{5}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{5}{5}\) + \(\frac{2}{5}\) = \(\frac{7}{5}\)

Question 4.
3 \(\frac{3}{2}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{9}{2}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{9}{2}\)

Question 5.
4 \(\frac{1}{8}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{33}{8}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{8}{8}\) + \(\frac{8}{8}\) + \(\frac{8}{8}\) + \(\frac{8}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{8}\) = \(\frac{33}{8}\)

Question 6.
1 \(\frac{7}{10}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{17}{10}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{10}{10}\) + \(\frac{7}{10}\) = \(\frac{17}{10}\)

Question 7.
5 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{11}{2}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{11}{2}\)

Question 8.
2 \(\frac{3}{8}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{19}{8}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{8}{8}\) + \(\frac{8}{8}\) + \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Write the fraction as a mixed number.

Question 9.
\(\frac{31}{6}\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 5 \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{6}{6}\) + \(\frac{6}{6}\) + \(\frac{6}{6}\) + \(\frac{6}{6}\) + \(\frac{6}{6}\) + \(\frac{1}{6}\)
1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + \(\frac{1}{6}\) = 5 \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Question 10.
\(\frac{20}{10}\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2

Explanation:
\(\frac{10}{10}\) + \(\frac{10}{10}\) = 1 + 1 = 2

Question 11.
\(\frac{15}{8}\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{8}{8}\) + \(\frac{7}{8}\)
1 + \(\frac{7}{8}\) = 1 \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Question 12.
\(\frac{13}{6}\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{6}{6}\) + \(\frac{6}{6}\) + \(\frac{1}{6}\)
= 1 + 1 + \(\frac{1}{6}\) = 2 \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Question 13.
\(\frac{23}{10}\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{3}{10}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{10}{10}\) + \(\frac{10}{10}\) + \(\frac{3}{10}\)
1 + 1 + \(\frac{3}{10}\) = 2 \(\frac{3}{10}\)

Question 14.
\(\frac{19}{5}\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3 \(\frac{4}{5}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{5}{5}\) + \(\frac{5}{5}\) + \(\frac{5}{5}\) + \(\frac{4}{5}\)
1 + 1 + 1 + \(\frac{4}{5}\) = 3 \(\frac{4}{5}\)

Question 15.
\(\frac{11}{3}\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{3}{3}\) + \(\frac{3}{3}\) + \(\frac{3}{3}\) + \(\frac{2}{3}\)
= 1 + 1 + 1 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
= 3 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Question 16.
\(\frac{9}{2}\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\)
= 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + \(\frac{1}{2}\)
= 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 17.
A recipe calls for 2 \(\frac{2}{4}\) cups of raisins, but Julie only has a \(\frac{1}{4}\) -cup measuring cup. How many \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups does Julie need to measure out 2 \(\frac{2}{4}\) cups of raisins?
She needs ______ \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups

Answer: 10 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups

Explanation:
Given,
A recipe calls for 2 \(\frac{2}{4}\) cups of raisins, but Julie only has a \(\frac{1}{4}\) -cup measuring cup.
\(\frac{4}{4}\) + \(\frac{4}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\)
= 10 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups

Question 18.
If Julie needs 3 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups of oatmeal, how many 14 cups of oatmeal will she use?
She will use ______ \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups of oatmeal

Answer: 13 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups of oatmeal

Explanation:
\(\frac{4}{4}\) + \(\frac{4}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\)
= 13 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Therefore Julie needs 13 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups of oatmeal.

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 144

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Which of the following is equivalent to \(\frac{16}{3}\)?
Options:
a. 3 \(\frac{1}{5}\)
b. 3 \(\frac{2}{5}\)
c. 5 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
d. 5 \(\frac{6}{3}\)

Answer: 5 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
Convert from improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{16}{3}\) = \(\frac{3}{3}\) + \(\frac{3}{3}\) + \(\frac{3}{3}\) + \(\frac{3}{3}\) + \(\frac{3}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\)
= 5 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 2.
Stacey filled her \(\frac{1}{2}\) cup measuring cup seven times to have enough flour for a cake recipe. How much flour does the cake recipe call for?
Options:
a. 3 cups
b. 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups
c. 4 cups
d. 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups

Answer: 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups

Explanation:
Given,
Stacey filled her \(\frac{1}{2}\)cup measuring cup seven times to have enough flour for a cake recipe.
\(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\)
1 + 1 + 1 + \(\frac{1}{2}\)
= 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Becki put some stamps into her stamp collection book. She put 14 stamps on each page. If she completely filled 16 pages, how many stamps did she put in the book?
Options:
a. 224
b. 240
c. 272
d. 275

Answer: 224

Explanation:
Becki put some stamps into her stamp collection book.
She put 14 stamps on each page.
If she completely filled 16 pages
Multiply 14 with 16 pages.
14 × 16 = 224 pages
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 4.
Brian is driving 324 miles to visit some friends. He wants to get there in 6 hours. How many miles does he need to drive each hour?
Options:
a. 48 miles
b. 50 miles
c. 52 miles
d. 54 miles

Answer: 54 miles

Explanation:
Brian is driving 324 miles to visit some friends. He wants to get there in 6 hours.
Divide the number of miles by hours.
324/6 = 54 miles
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 5.
During a bike challenge, riders have to collect various colored ribbons. Each \(\frac{1}{2}\) mile they collect a red ribbon, each \(\frac{1}{8}\) mile they collect a green ribbon, and each \(\frac{1}{4}\) mile they collect a blue ribbon. Which colors of ribbons will be collected at the \(\frac{3}{4}\) mile marker?
Options:
a. red and green
b. red and blue
c. green and blue
d. red, green, and blue

Answer: green and blue

Explanation:
Given,
During a bike challenge, riders have to collect various colored ribbons.
Each \(\frac{1}{2}\) mile they collect a red ribbon, each \(\frac{1}{8}\) mile they collect a green ribbon, and each \(\frac{1}{4}\) mile they collect a blue ribbon.
Green and Blue colors of ribbons will be collected at the \(\frac{3}{4}\) mile marker.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 6.
Stephanie had \(\frac{7}{8}\) pound of bird seed. She used \(\frac{3}{8}\) pound to fill a bird feeder. How much bird seed does Stephanie have left?
Options:
a. \(\frac{3}{8}\) pound
b. \(\frac{4}{8}\) pound
c. 1 pound
d. \(\frac{10}{8}\) pound

Answer: \(\frac{4}{8}\) pound

Explanation:
Given,
Stephanie had \(\frac{7}{8}\) pound of bird seed.
She used \(\frac{3}{8}\) pound to fill a bird feeder.
\(\frac{7}{8}\) – \(\frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{4}{8}\) pound
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 145

Add and Subtract Mixed Numbers

Find the sum. Write the sum as a mixed number, so the fractional part is less than 1.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 16

Question 2.
4 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
+ 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 7

4 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
+2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
6 \(\frac{2}{2}\) = 6 + 1 = 7

Question 3.
2 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
+ 3 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 6 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
2 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
+3 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
5 \(\frac{4}{3}\)
= 5 + 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
= 6 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 4.
6 \(\frac{4}{5}\)
+ 7 \(\frac{4}{5}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 14 \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Explanation:
6 \(\frac{4}{5}\)
+7 \(\frac{4}{5}\)
13 \(\frac{8}{5}\)
13 + 1 \(\frac{3}{5}\)
= 14 \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Question 5.
9 \(\frac{3}{6}\)
+ 2 \(\frac{2}{6}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 11 \(\frac{5}{6}\)

Explanation:
9 \(\frac{3}{6}\)
+2 \(\frac{2}{6}\)
11 \(\frac{5}{6}\)

Question 6.
8 \(\frac{4}{12}\)
+ 3 \(\frac{6}{12}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 11 \(\frac{10}{12}\)

Explanation:
8 \(\frac{4}{12}\)
+3 \(\frac{6}{12}\)
11 \(\frac{10}{12}\)

Question 7.
4 \(\frac{3}{8}\)
+ 1 \(\frac{5}{8}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 6

Explanation:
4 \(\frac{3}{8}\)
+1 \(\frac{5}{8}\)
5 \(\frac{8}{8}\)
= 5 + 1 = 6

Question 8.
9 \(\frac{5}{10}\)
+ 6 \(\frac{3}{10}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 15 \(\frac{8}{10}\)

Explanation:
9 \(\frac{5}{10}\)
+6 \(\frac{3}{10}\)
15 \(\frac{8}{10}\)

Find the difference.

Question 9.
6 \(\frac{7}{8}\)
– 4 \(\frac{3}{8}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{4}{8}\)

Explanation:
6 \(\frac{7}{8}\)
-4 \(\frac{3}{8}\)
2 \(\frac{4}{8}\)

Question 10.
4 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
– 3 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
4 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
-3 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
1 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 11.
6 \(\frac{4}{5}\)
– 3 \(\frac{3}{5}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3 \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Explanation:
6 \(\frac{4}{5}\)
-3 \(\frac{3}{5}\)
3 \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Question 12.
7 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
– 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 5 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
7 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
-2 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
5 \(\frac{2}{4}\) = 5 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Problem Solving

Question 13.
James wants to send two gifts by mail. One package weighs 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\) pounds. The other package weighs 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) pounds. What is the total weight of the packages?
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
2 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
+ 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
4 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 14.
Tierra bought 4 \(\frac{3}{8}\) yards blue ribbon and 2 \(\frac{1}{8}\) yards yellow ribbon for a craft project. How much more blue ribbon than yellow ribbon did Tierra buy?
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
Given,
4 \(\frac{3}{8}\)
-2 \(\frac{1}{8}\) 
2 \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 146

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Brad has two lengths of copper pipe to fit together. One has a length of 2 \(\frac{5}{12}\) feet and the other has a length of 3 \(\frac{7}{12}\) feet. How many feet of pipe does he have in all?
Options:
a. 5 feet
b. 5 \(\frac{6}{12}\) feet
c. 5 \(\frac{10}{12}\)
d. 6 feet

Answer: 5 feet

Explanation:
Given,
Brad has two lengths of copper pipe to fit together. One has a length of 2 \(\frac{5}{12}\) feet and the other has a length of 3 \(\frac{7}{12}\) feet.
Add both the lengths
2 \(\frac{5}{12}\) + 3 \(\frac{7}{12}\)
= 5 \(\frac{12}{12}\) = 5 feet
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 2.
A pattern calls for 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\)yards of material and 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\)yards of lining. How much total fabric is needed?
Options:
a. 2 \(\frac{2}{4}\) yards
b. 3 yards
c. 3 \(\frac{1}{4}\) yards
d. 3 \(\frac{2}{4}\) yards

Answer: 3 \(\frac{2}{4}\) yards

Explanation:
Given,
A pattern calls for 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) yards of material and 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) yards of lining.
2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) + 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
= 3 + \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\)
= 3 \(\frac{2}{4}\) yards
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Shanice has 23 baseball trading cards of star players. She agrees to sell them for $16 each. How much will she get for the cards?
Options:
a. $258
b. $358
c. $368
d. $468

Answer: $368

Explanation:
Given,
Shanice has 23 baseball trading cards of star players. She agrees to sell them for $16 each.
To find how much will she get for the cards
23 × 16 = 368
Therefore she will get $368 for the cards.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 4.
Nanci is volunteering at the animal shelter. She wants to spend an equal amount of time playing with each dog. She has 145 minutes to play with all 7 dogs. About how much time can she spend with each dog?
Options:
a. about 10 minutes
b. about 20 minutes
c. about 25 minutes
d. about 26 minutes

Answer: about 20 minutes

Explanation:
Given,
Nanci is volunteering at the animal shelter. She wants to spend an equal amount of time playing with each dog. She has 145 minutes to play with all 7 dogs.
145/7 = 20.7
Therefore she can spend about 20 minutes with each dog.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 5.
Frieda has 12 red apples and 15 green apples. She is going to share the apples equally among 8 people and keep any extra apples for herself. How many apples
will Frieda keep for herself?
Options:
a. 3
b. 4
c. 6
d. 7

Answer: 3

Explanation:
Given,
Frieda has 12 red apples and 15 green apples.
She is going to share the apples equally among 8 people and keep any extra apples for herself.
12 + 15 = 27
27/8
27 – 24 = 3
Thus Frieda keep for herself 3 apples.
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 6.
The Lynch family bought a house for $75,300. A few years later, they sold the house for $80,250. How much greater was the selling price than the purchase price?
Options:
a. $4,950
b. $5,050
c. $5,150
d. $5,950

Answer: $4,950

Explanation:
Given,
The Lynch family bought a house for $75,300.
A few years later, they sold the house for $80,250.
$80,250 – $75,300 = $4,950
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 147

Record Subtraction with

Find the difference.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 17

Question 2.
6
– 3 \(\frac{2}{5}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Explanation:
First subtract the whole numbers
6 – 3 = 3
Next subtract the fractions,
3 – \(\frac{2}{5}\) = 2 \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Question 3.
5 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
– 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
First subtract the whole numbers
5 – 2 = 3
Next subtract the fractions,
\(\frac{1}{4}\) – \(\frac{3}{4}\) = – \(\frac{1}{2}\)
3 – \(\frac{1}{2}\)
= 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 4.
9 \(\frac{3}{8}\)
– 8 \(\frac{7}{8}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
First subtract the whole numbers
9 – 8 = 1
Next subtract the fractions,
\(\frac{3}{8}\) – \(\frac{7}{8}\)
= – \(\frac{4}{8}\)
= – \(\frac{1}{2}\)
= 1 – \(\frac{1}{2}\)
= \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 5.
12 \(\frac{3}{10}\)
– 7 \(\frac{7}{10}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 4 \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Explanation:
First subtract the whole numbers
12 – 7 = 5
Next subtract the fractions,
\(\frac{3}{10}\) – \(\frac{7}{10}\) = – \(\frac{4}{10}\)
5 – \(\frac{4}{10}\)
5 – \(\frac{2}{5}\) = 4 \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Question 6.
8 \(\frac{1}{6}\)
– 3 \(\frac{5}{6}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 4 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
First subtract the whole numbers
8 – 3 = 5
Next subtract the fractions,
\(\frac{1}{6}\) – \(\frac{5}{6}\) = – \(\frac{2}{3}\)
5 – \(\frac{2}{3}\) = 4 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 7.
7 \(\frac{3}{5}\)
– 4 \(\frac{4}{5}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{4}{5}\)

Explanation:
First subtract the whole numbers
7 – 4 = 3
Next subtract the fractions,
\(\frac{3}{5}\) – \(\frac{4}{5}\) = – \(\frac{1}{5}\)
3 – \(\frac{1}{5}\) = 2 \(\frac{4}{5}\)

Question 8.
10 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
– 8 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2

Explanation:
First subtract the whole numbers
10 – 8 = 2
\(\frac{1}{2}\) – \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 0

Question 9.
7 \(\frac{1}{6}\)
– 2 \(\frac{5}{6}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 4 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
First subtract the whole numbers
7 – 2 = 5
Next subtract the fractions,
\(\frac{1}{6}\) – \(\frac{5}{6}\) = – \(\frac{4}{6}\)
5 – \(\frac{4}{6}\) = 4 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 10.
9 \(\frac{3}{12}\)
– 4 \(\frac{7}{12}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
First subtract the whole numbers
9 – 4 = 5
Next subtract the fractions,
\(\frac{3}{12}\) – \(\frac{7}{12}\) = – \(\frac{4}{12}\) = – \(\frac{1}{3}\)
5 – \(\frac{1}{3}\) = 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Question 11.
9 \(\frac{1}{10}\)
– 8 \(\frac{7}{10}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Explanation:
First subtract the whole numbers
9 – 8 = 1
Next subtract the fractions,
\(\frac{1}{10}\) – \(\frac{7}{10}\) = – \(\frac{6}{10}\)
1 – \(\frac{3}{5}\) = \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Question 12.
9 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
– \(\frac{2}{3}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 8 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
9 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
– \(\frac{2}{3}\)
8 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Question 13.
3 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
– 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

3 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
– 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 14.
4 \(\frac{5}{8}\)
– 1 \(\frac{7}{8}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
First subtract the whole numbers
4 – 1 = 3
Next subtract the fractions,
\(\frac{5}{8}\) – \(\frac{7}{8}\) = – \(\frac{1}{4}\)
3 – \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Question 15.
5 \(\frac{1}{12}\)
– 3 \(\frac{8}{12}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{5}{12}\)

Explanation:
First subtract the whole numbers
5 – 3 = 2
Next subtract the fractions,
\(\frac{1}{12}\) – \(\frac{8}{12}\) = – \(\frac{7}{12}\)
2 – \(\frac{7}{12}\) = 1 \(\frac{5}{12}\)

Question 16.
7
– 1 \(\frac{3}{5}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 5 \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Explanation:
7
– 1 \(\frac{3}{5}\)
5 \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Problem Solving

Question 17.
Alicia buys a 5-pound bag of rocks for a fish tank. She uses 1 \(\frac{1}{8}\) pounds for a small fish bowl. How much is left?
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3 \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Explanation:
Given,
Alicia buys a 5-pound bag of rocks for a fish tank. She uses 1 \(\frac{1}{8}\) pounds for a small fish bowl.
First subtract the whole numbers
5 – 1 = 4
4 – 1 \(\frac{1}{8}\)
= 3 \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Question 18.
Xavier made 25 pounds of roasted almonds for a fair. He has 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) pounds left at the end of the fair. How many pounds of roasted almonds did he sell at the fair?
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 21 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
Given,
Xavier made 25 pounds of roasted almonds for a fair.
He has 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) pounds left at the end of the fair.
First subtract the whole numbers
25 – 3 = 22
22 – \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 21 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 148

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Reggie is making a double-layer cake. The recipe for the first layer calls for 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups sugar. The recipe for the second layer calls for 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups sugar. Reggie has 5 cups of sugar. How much will he have left after making both recipes?
Options:
a. 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups
b. 1 \(\frac{2}{4}\) cups
c. 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups
d. 2 \(\frac{2}{4}\) cups

Answer: 1 \(\frac{2}{4}\) cups

Explanation:
Given,
Reggie is making a double-layer cake. The recipe for the first layer calls for 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups sugar.
The recipe for the second layer calls for 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups sugar.
Reggie has 5 cups of sugar.
2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) + 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
5 – 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 1 \(\frac{2}{4}\) cups
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 2.
Kate has 4 \(\frac{3}{8}\) yards of fabric and needs 2 \(\frac{7}{8}\) yards to make a skirt. How much extra fabric will she have left after making the skirt?
Options:
a. 2 \(\frac{4}{8}\) yards
b. 2 \(\frac{2}{8}\) yards
c. 1 \(\frac{4}{8}\) yards
d. 1 \(\frac{2}{8}\) yards

Answer: 1 \(\frac{4}{8}\) yards

Explanation:
Given,
Kate has 4 \(\frac{3}{8}\) yards of fabric and needs 2 \(\frac{7}{8}\) yards to make a skirt.
First, subtract the whole numbers
4 – 2 = 2
Next, subtract the fractions,
\(\frac{3}{8}\) – \(\frac{7}{8}\) = – \(\frac{4}{8}\)
2 – \(\frac{4}{8}\) = 1 \(\frac{4}{8}\) yards
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Paulo has 128 glass beads to use to decorate picture frames. He wants to use the same number of beads on each frame. If he decorates 8 picture frames, how many beads will he put on each frame?
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 14
d. 16

Answer: 16

Explanation:
Given,
Paulo has 128 glass beads to use to decorate picture frames. He wants to use the same number of beads on each frame
128/8 = 16
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 4.
Madison is making party favors. She wants to make enough favors so each guest gets the same number of favors. She knows there will be 6 or 8 guests at the party. What is the least number of party favors Madison should make?
Options:
a. 18
b. 24
c. 30
d. 32

Answer: 24

Explanation:
Given,
Madison is making party favors. She wants to make enough favors so each guest gets the same number of favors.
She knows there will be 6 or 8 guests at the party.
To find the least number of party favors, we have to consider the number of guests.
In this case, there are two possibilities—6 or 8.
For 6: 6, 12, 18, 24 (Add 6 to each number)
For 8: 8, 16, 24 (Add 8 to each number)
Now in both series, the least number (that is in common) is 24. Hence, Madison should make at least 24 party favors.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 5.
A shuttle bus makes 4 round-trips between two shopping centers each day. The bus holds 24 people. If the bus is full on each one-way trip, how many passengers are carried by the bus each day?
Options:
a. 96
b. 162
c. 182
d. 192

Answer: 96

Explanation:
Given,
A shuttle bus makes 4 round-trips between two shopping centers each day. The bus holds 24 people.
4 × 24 = 96
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 6.
To make a fruit salad, Marvin mixes 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) cups of diced peaches with 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups of diced pears. How many cups of peaches and pears are in the fruit salad?
Options:
a. 4 cups
b. 3 \(\frac{2}{4}\) cups
c. 3 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups
d. 3 cups

Answer: 4 cups

Explanation:
Given,
To make a fruit salad, Marvin mixes 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) cups of diced peaches with 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups of diced pears.
1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) + 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
= 4 cups
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 149

Fractions and Properties of Addition

Use the properties and mental math to find the sum.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 18

Question 2.
\(10 \frac{1}{8}+\left(3 \frac{5}{8}+2 \frac{7}{8}\right)\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 16 \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Explanation:
Given,
\(10 \frac{1}{8}+\left(3 \frac{5}{8}+2 \frac{7}{8}\right)\)
First add the whole numbers in the bracket.
3 + 2 = 5
10 \(\frac{1}{8}\) + 5 + \(\frac{5}{8}\) + \(\frac{7}{8}\)
10 \(\frac{1}{8}\) + 5 + \(\frac{12}{8}\)
10 + 5 = 15
15 + \(\frac{1}{8}\) + \(\frac{12}{8}\)
15 + \(\frac{13}{8}\)
16 \(\frac{5}{8}\)
\(10 \frac{1}{8}+\left(3 \frac{5}{8}+2 \frac{7}{8}\right)\) = 16 \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Question 3.
\(8 \frac{1}{5}+\left(3 \frac{2}{5}+5 \frac{4}{5}\right)\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 17 \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Explanation:
\(8 \frac{1}{5}+\left(3 \frac{2}{5}+5 \frac{4}{5}\right)\)
8 \(\frac{1}{5}\) + 3 \(\frac{2}{5}\) + 5 \(\frac{4}{5}\)
3 + 5 = 8
8 \(\frac{1}{5}\) + 8 + \(\frac{2}{5}\) + \(\frac{4}{5}\)
8 \(\frac{1}{5}\) + 8 + \(\frac{6}{5}\)
8 + 8 = 16
16 + \(\frac{1}{5}\) + \(\frac{6}{5}\)
16 + \(\frac{7}{5}\)
17 \(\frac{2}{5}\)
\(8 \frac{1}{5}+\left(3 \frac{2}{5}+5 \frac{4}{5}\right)\) = 17 \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Question 4.
\(6 \frac{3}{4}+\left(4 \frac{2}{4}+5 \frac{1}{4}\right)\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 16 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
\(6 \frac{3}{4}+\left(4 \frac{2}{4}+5 \frac{1}{4}\right)\)
First add the whole numbers in the bracket.
6 \(\frac{3}{4}\) + 4 \(\frac{2}{4}\) + 5 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
4 + 5 = 9
6 \(\frac{3}{4}\) + 9 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
6 + 9 = 15
15 + \(\frac{3}{4}\) + \(\frac{3}{4}\)
16 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
\(6 \frac{3}{4}+\left(4 \frac{2}{4}+5 \frac{1}{4}\right)\) = 16 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 5.
\(\left(6 \frac{3}{6}+10 \frac{4}{6}\right)+9 \frac{2}{6}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 26 \(\frac{3}{6}\)

Explanation:
\(\left(6 \frac{3}{6}+10 \frac{4}{6}\right)+9 \frac{2}{6}\)
6 \(\frac{3}{6}\) + 10 \(\frac{4}{6}\) + 9 \(\frac{2}{6}\)
First add the whole numbers in the bracket.
6 + 10 = 16
16 + \(\frac{3}{6}\) + \(\frac{4}{6}\) + 9 \(\frac{2}{6}\)
16 + \(\frac{7}{6}\) + 9 \(\frac{2}{6}\)
16 + 9 = 25
25 + \(\frac{7}{6}\) + \(\frac{2}{6}\)
25 + \(\frac{9}{6}\)
= 26 \(\frac{3}{6}\)
\(\left(6 \frac{3}{6}+10 \frac{4}{6}\right)+9 \frac{2}{6}\) = 26 \(\frac{3}{6}\)

Question 6.
\(\left(6 \frac{2}{5}+1 \frac{4}{5}\right)+3 \frac{1}{5}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 11 \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Explanation:
\(\left(6 \frac{2}{5}+1 \frac{4}{5}\right)+3 \frac{1}{5}\)
6 \(\frac{2}{5}\) + 1 \(\frac{4}{5}\) + 3 \(\frac{1}{5}\)
First add the whole numbers in the bracket.
6 + 1 = 7
7 \(\frac{2}{5}\) + \(\frac{4}{5}\) + 3 \(\frac{1}{5}\)
7 + \(\frac{6}{5}\) + 3 \(\frac{1}{5}\)
7 + 3 = 10
10 + \(\frac{6}{5}\) + \(\frac{1}{5}\)
10 + \(\frac{7}{5}\) = 11 \(\frac{2}{5}\)
Therefore \(\left(6 \frac{2}{5}+1 \frac{4}{5}\right)+3 \frac{1}{5}\) = 11 \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Question 7.
\(7 \frac{7}{8}+\left(3 \frac{1}{8}+1 \frac{1}{8}\right)\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 12 \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Explanation:
\(7 \frac{7}{8}+\left(3 \frac{1}{8}+1 \frac{1}{8}\right)\)
7 \(\frac{7}{8}\) + 3 \(\frac{1}{8}\) + 1 \(\frac{1}{8}\)
First add the whole numbers in the bracket.
3 + 1 = 4
7 \(\frac{7}{8}\) + 4 + \(\frac{1}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{8}\)
7 \(\frac{7}{8}\) + 4 +\(\frac{2}{8}\)
7 + 4 = 11
11 + \(\frac{7}{8}\) + \(\frac{2}{8}\)
11 + \(\frac{9}{8}\) = 12 \(\frac{1}{8}\)
Thus \(7 \frac{7}{8}+\left(3 \frac{1}{8}+1 \frac{1}{8}\right)\) = 12 \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Question 8.
\(14 \frac{1}{10}+\left(20 \frac{2}{10}+15 \frac{7}{10}\right)\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 50

Explanation:
\(14 \frac{1}{10}+\left(20 \frac{2}{10}+15 \frac{7}{10}\right)\)
First add the whole numbers in the bracket.
14 \(\frac{1}{10}\) + 20 \(\frac{2}{10}\) + 15 \(\frac{7}{10}\)
20 + 15 = 35
14 \(\frac{1}{10}\) + 35 + \(\frac{2}{10}\) + \(\frac{7}{10}\)
14 \(\frac{1}{10}\) + 35 \(\frac{9}{10}\)
49 \(\frac{1}{10}\) + \(\frac{9}{10}\)
49 + 1 = 50
Thus \(14 \frac{1}{10}+\left(20 \frac{2}{10}+15 \frac{7}{10}\right)\) = 50

Question 9.
\(\left(13 \frac{2}{12}+8 \frac{7}{12}\right)+9 \frac{5}{12}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 31 \(\frac{2}{12}\)

Explanation:
\(\left(13 \frac{2}{12}+8 \frac{7}{12}\right)+9 \frac{5}{12}\)
13 \(\frac{2}{12}\) + 8 \(\frac{7}{12}\) + 9 \(\frac{5}{12}\)
First add the whole numbers in the bracket.
13 + 8 = 21
21 + \(\frac{2}{12}\) + \(\frac{7}{12}\) + 9 \(\frac{5}{12}\)
21 + \(\frac{9}{12}\) + 9 \(\frac{5}{12}\)
30 + \(\frac{9}{12}\) + \(\frac{5}{12}\) = 31 \(\frac{2}{12}\)
Thus \(\left(13 \frac{2}{12}+8 \frac{7}{12}\right)+9 \frac{5}{12}\) = 31 \(\frac{2}{12}\)

Problem Solving

Question 10.
Nate’s classroom has three tables of different lengths. One has a length of 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\) feet, another has a length of 4 feet, and a third has a length of 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) feet. What is the length of all three tables when pushed end to end?
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 11

Explanation:
Given,
Nate’s classroom has three tables of different lengths. One has a length of 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\) feet, another has a length of 4 feet, and a third has a length of 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) feet.
4 \(\frac{1}{2}\) + 4 + 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
4 + 4 + 2 = 10
\(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 1
10 + 1 = 11
Therefore the length of all three tables when pushed end to end is 11 feet.

Question 11.
Mr. Warren uses 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) bags of mulch for his garden and another 4 \(\frac{1}{4}\) bags for his front yard. He also uses \(\frac{3}{4}\) bag around a fountain. How many total bags of mulch does Mr. Warren use?
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 7 \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
Given,
Mr. Warren uses 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) bags of mulch for his garden and another 4 \(\frac{1}{4}\) bags for his front yard.
He also uses \(\frac{3}{4}\) bag around a fountain.
2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) + 4 \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{3}{4}\)
2 + 4 = 6
6 + \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{3}{4}\)
= 7 \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 150

Lesson Check

Question 1.
A carpenter cut a board into three pieces. One piece was 2 \(\frac{5}{6}\) feet long. The second piece was 3 \(\frac{1}{6}\) feet long. The third piece was 1 \(\frac{5}{6}\) feet long. How long was the board?
Options:
a. 6 \(\frac{5}{6}\) feet
b. 7 \(\frac{1}{6}\) feet
c. 7 \(\frac{5}{6}\) feet
d. 8 \(\frac{1}{6}\) feet

Answer: c. 7 \(\frac{5}{6}\) feet

Explanation:
Given,
A carpenter cut a board into three pieces. One piece was 2 \(\frac{5}{6}\) feet long. The second piece was 3 \(\frac{1}{6}\) feet long.
The third piece was 1 \(\frac{5}{6}\) feet long.
Add three pieces.
2 \(\frac{5}{6}\) + 3 \(\frac{1}{6}\)
= 5 + \(\frac{6}{6}\)
= 5 + 1 = 6
6 + 1 \(\frac{5}{6}\)
= 7 \(\frac{5}{6}\) feet
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 2.
Harry works at an apple orchard. He picked 45 \(\frac{7}{8}\) pounds of apples on Monday. He picked 42 \(\frac{3}{8}\) pounds of apples on Wednesday. He picked 54 \(\frac{1}{8}\) pounds of apples on Friday. How many pounds of apples did Harry pick those three days?
Options:
a. 132 \(\frac{3}{8}\) pounds
b. 141 \(\frac{3}{8}\) pounds
c. 142 \(\frac{1}{8}\) pounds
d. 142 \(\frac{3}{8}\) pounds

Answer: 142 \(\frac{3}{8}\) pounds

Explanation:
Given,
Harry works at an apple orchard. He picked 45 \(\frac{7}{8}\) pounds of apples on Monday.
He picked 42 \(\frac{3}{8}\) pounds of apples on Wednesday.
He picked 54 \(\frac{1}{8}\) pounds of apples on Friday.
45 \(\frac{7}{8}\) + 42 \(\frac{3}{8}\) + 54 \(\frac{1}{8}\)
Add the whole numbers first
45 + 42 + 54 = 141
141 + \(\frac{7}{8}\) + \(\frac{3}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{8}\)
141 + 1 \(\frac{3}{8}\)
= 142 \(\frac{3}{8}\) pounds
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
There were 6 oranges in the refrigerator. Joey and his friends ate 3 \(\frac{2}{3}\) oranges. How many oranges were left?
Options:
a. 2 \(\frac{1}{3}\) oranges
b. 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\) oranges
c. 3 \(\frac{1}{3}\) oranges
d. 9 \(\frac{2}{3}\) oranges

Answer: 9 \(\frac{2}{3}\) oranges

Explanation:
Given,
There were 6 oranges in the refrigerator.
Joey and his friends ate 3 \(\frac{2}{3}\) oranges.
6 + 3 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
= 9 \(\frac{2}{3}\) oranges
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 4.
Darlene was asked to identify which of the following numbers is prime. Which number should she choose?
Options:
a. 2
b. 12
c. 21
d. 39

Answer: 2

Explanation:
A prime number is an integer, or whole number, that has only two factors 1 and itself.
In the above options, all are composite numbers except 2.
Therefore 2 is a prime number.
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 5.
A teacher has 100 chairs to arrange for an assembly. Which of the following is NOT a way the teacher could arrange the chairs?
Options:
a. 10 rows of 10 chairs
b. 8 rows of 15 chairs
c. 5 rows of 20 chairs
d. 4 rows of 25 chairs

Answer: 8 rows of 15 chairs

Explanation:
A teacher has 100 chairs to arrange for an assembly.
15 × 8 = 120
So, 8 rows of 15 chairs are not the way to arrange the chairs.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 6.
Nic bought 28 folding chairs for $16 each. How much money did Nic spend on chairs?
Options:
a. $196
b. $348
c. $448
d. $600

Answer: c. $448

Explanation:
Given,
Nic bought 28 folding chairs for $16 each.
28 × 16 = 448
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 151

Read each problem and solve.

Question 1.
Each child in the Smith family was given an orange cut into 8 equal sections. Each child ate \(\frac{5}{8}\) of the orange. After combining the leftover sections, Mrs. Smith noted that there were exactly 3 full oranges left. How many children are in the Smith family?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 19

Question 2.
Val walks 2 \(\frac{3}{5}\) miles each day. Bill runs 10 miles once every 4 days. In 4 days, who covers the greater distance?
_________

Answer: Val

Explanation:
Given,
Val walks 2 \(\frac{3}{5}\) miles each day. Bill runs 10 miles once every 4 days.
2 \(\frac{3}{5}\) × 4
Convert from mixed fraction to the improper fraction.
2 \(\frac{3}{5}\) = \(\frac{13}{5}\) × 4 = 10.4
10.4 > 10
Thus Val covers the greater distance.

Question 3.
Chad buys peanuts in 2-pound bags. He repackages them into bags that hold \(\frac{5}{6}\) pound of peanuts. How many 2-pound bags of peanuts should Chad buy so that he can fill the \(\frac{5}{6}\) -pound bags without having any peanuts left over?
_________ 2-pound bags

Answer: 5

Explanation:
Given,
Chad buys peanuts in 2-pound bags. He repackages them into bags that hold \(\frac{5}{6}\) pound of peanuts.
\(\frac{5}{6}\) + \(\frac{5}{6}\) + \(\frac{5}{6}\) + \(\frac{5}{6}\) + \(\frac{5}{6}\)
Thus 5 2-pound bags of peanuts are left.

Question 4.
A carpenter has several boards of equal length. He cuts \(\frac{3}{5}\) of each board. After cutting the boards, the carpenter notices that he has enough pieces left over to make up the same length as 4 of the original boards. How many boards did the carpenter start with?
_________

Answer: 10

Explanation:
Given,
A carpenter has several boards of equal length. He cuts \(\frac{3}{5}\) of each board. After cutting the boards, the carpenter notices that he has enough pieces left over to make up the same length as 4 of the original boards.
4 of the original boards have a summed length of 20 units. 5 x 4 = 20.
Since 2/5 is left from each board, you simply add them until the 2’s add to 20.
So, 2 x 10 = 20. Hence, there are 10 2/5 boards.
That’s just 4 of the boards that the 2/5 make up, but that should also mean that there are 10 3/5 boards as well.
30/5 + 20/5 = 50/5 = 10

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 152

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Karyn cuts a length of ribbon into 4 equal pieces, each 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) feet long. How long was the ribbon?
Options:
a. 4 feet
b. 4 \(\frac{1}{4}\) feet
c. 5 feet
d. 5 \(\frac{1}{4}\) feet

Answer: 5 feet

Explanation:
Given,
Karyn cuts a length of ribbon into 4 equal pieces, each 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) feet long.
1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) × 4
Convert from the mixed fraction to the improper fraction.
1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{5}{4}\)
\(\frac{5}{4}\) × 4 = 5 feet
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 2.
Several friends each had \(\frac{2}{5}\) of a bag of peanuts left over from the baseball game. They realized that they could have bought 2 fewer bags of peanuts between them. How many friends went to the game?
Options:
a. 6
b. 5
c. 4
d. 2

Answer: 5

Explanation:
Given,
Several friends each had \(\frac{2}{5}\) of a bag of peanuts left over from the baseball game.
They realized that they could have bought 2 fewer bags of peanuts between them
2 ÷ \(\frac{2}{5}\) = 5
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
A frog made three jumps. The first was 12 \(\frac{5}{6}\) inches. The second jump was 8 \(\frac{3}{6}\) inches. The third jump was 15 \(\frac{1}{6}\) inches. What was the total distance the frog jumped?
Options:
a. 35 \(\frac{3}{6}\) inches
b. 36 \(\frac{1}{6}\) inches
c. 36 \(\frac{3}{6}\) inches
d. 38 \(\frac{1}{6}\) inches

Answer: 36 \(\frac{3}{6}\) inches

Explanation:
Given,
A frog made three jumps. The first was 12 \(\frac{5}{6}\) inches. The second jump was 8 \(\frac{3}{6}\) inches. The third jump was 15 \(\frac{1}{6}\) inches.
First add the whole numbers
12 + 8 + 15 = 35
Next add the fractions,
\(\frac{5}{6}\) + \(\frac{3}{6}\) + \(\frac{1}{6}\) = 1 \(\frac{3}{6}\)
35 + \(\frac{3}{6}\) = 36 \(\frac{3}{6}\) inches
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 4.
LaDanian wants to write the fraction \(\frac{4}{6}\) as a sum of unit fractions. Which expression should he write?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{6}+\frac{1}{6}+\frac{1}{6}+\frac{1}{6}\)
b. \(\frac{2}{6}+\frac{2}{6}\)
c. \(\frac{3}{6}+\frac{1}{6}\)
d. \(\frac{1}{6}+\frac{1}{6}+\frac{2}{6}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{6}+\frac{1}{6}+\frac{1}{6}+\frac{1}{6}\)

Explanation:
Given,
LaDanian wants to write the fraction \(\frac{4}{6}\) as a sum of unit fractions.
The unit fraction for \(\frac{4}{6}\) is \(\frac{1}{6}+\frac{1}{6}+\frac{1}{6}+\frac{1}{6}\)
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 5.
Greta made a design with squares. She colored 8 out of the 12 squares blue. What fraction of the squares did she color blue?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{4}\)
b. \(\frac{1}{3}\)
c. \(\frac{2}{3}\)
d. \(\frac{3}{4}latex]

Answer: [latex]\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
Given,
Greta made a design with squares. She colored 8 out of the 12 squares blue.
\(\frac{8}{12}\)
= \(\frac{2}{3}\)
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 6.
The teacher gave this pattern to the class: the first term is 5 and the rule is add 4, subtract 1. Each student says one number. The first student says 5. Victor is tenth in line. What number should Victor say?
Options:
a. 17
b. 19
c. 20
d. 21

Answer:
given
a=5
d=4-1=3
to find t10
tn=a + (n-1) d
t10=5 + (10-1) 3
t10=5 + 27
t10 = 32
victor is tenth in line,therefore he should say the number 32

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 153

Lesson 7.1

Use the model to write an equation.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 20
Type below:
_________

Answer: 1/6 + 3/6 = 4/6

Explanation:
From the figure, we can see that the shaded fraction of the first circle is 1/6.
The shaded fraction of the second circle is 3/6
The shaded fraction of the third circle is 4/6.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 21
Type below:
_________

Answer: 5/8

Explanation:
From the above figure, we can say that the fraction of the shaded part is 5/8.

Use the model to solve the equation.

Question 3.
\(\frac{3}{10}+\frac{5}{10}\) =
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 22
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{8}{10}\)

Explanation:
The shaded part of the first figure is 3/10
The shaded part of the second figure is 5/10
\(\frac{3}{10}+\frac{5}{10}\) = \(\frac{8}{10}\)

Question 4.
\(\frac{7}{12}-\frac{6}{12}\) =
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 23
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{12}\)

Explanation:
The shaded part of the above figure is 7/12. Out of which 6/12 are subtracted.
\(\frac{7}{12}-\frac{6}{12}\) = \(\frac{1}{12}\)

Lesson 7.2

Write the fraction as a sum of unit fractions.

Question 5.
\(\frac{2}{3}\) =
Type below:
_________

Answer: The unit fraction of \(\frac{2}{3}\) is \(\frac{1}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 6.
\(\frac{3}{10}\) =
Type below:
_________

Answer: The unit fraction of \(\frac{3}{10}\) is \(\frac{1}{10}\) + \(\frac{1}{10}\) + \(\frac{1}{10}\)

Question 7.
\(\frac{4}{6}\) =
Type below:
_________

Answer: The unit fraction of \(\frac{4}{6}\) is \(\frac{1}{6}\) + \(\frac{1}{6}\) + \(\frac{1}{6}\) + \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Question 8.
\(\frac{5}{12}\) =
Type below:
_________

Answer: The unit fraction of \(\frac{5}{12}\) is \(\frac{1}{12}\) + \(\frac{1}{12}\) + \(\frac{1}{12}\) + \(\frac{1}{12}\) + \(\frac{1}{12}\)

Lessons 7.3–7.5

Find the sum or difference. Use fraction strips to help.

Question 9.
\(\frac{3}{8}+\frac{2}{8}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{5}{8}\)
HMH Go Math grade 4 Key Chapter 7 add & subtract fractions img_1

Question 10.
\(\frac{4}{5}+\frac{1}{5}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1
HMH Go Math Grade 4 key ch-7 add & subtract fractions img_2

Question 11.
\(\frac{6}{10}+\frac{1}{10}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{7}{10}\)

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key ch-7 img-3

Question 12.
\(\frac{5}{6}-\frac{4}{6}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{6}\)
HMH Go Math Grade 4 Key ch-7 add and subtract fractions img-5

Question 13.
\(\frac{3}{4}-\frac{1}{4}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Go Math grade 4 solution key ch-7 img_6

Question 14.
1 – \(\frac{7}{12}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{5}{12}\)
Go Math Grade 4 Solution Key Chapter 7 add & subtract fractions img_7

Question 15.
\(\frac{7}{10}-\frac{3}{10}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{4}{10}\)
Go Math Grade 4 Key ch-7 add & subtract fractions img_4

Question 16.
\(\frac{2}{6}+\frac{4}{6}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1
Go Math 4th Grade key chapter 7 img_7

Question 17.
\(\frac{5}{8}-\frac{4}{8}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{8}\)
HMH Go Math 4th Grade add & subtract fractions img_8

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 154

Lesson 7.6

Write each mixed number as a fraction and each fraction as a mixed number.

Question 1.
4 \(\frac{2}{3}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{14}{3}\)

Explanation:
First multiply 4 and 3
4 × 3 = 12
And then add 2 to 12
12 + 2 = 14
Thus the fraction of the mixed fraction is \(\frac{14}{3}\).

Question 2.
6 \(\frac{1}{4}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{25}{4}\)

Explanation:
First multiply 6 and 4
6 × 4 = 24
And then add 1 to 24
24 + 1 = 25
Thus the fraction of the mixed fraction is \(\frac{25}{4}\)

Question 3.
\(\frac{11}{3}\) =
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
Convert from improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
3 × 3 = 9
9 + 2 = 11
\(\frac{11}{3}\) = 3 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Question 4.
\(\frac{16}{15}\) =
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{15}\)

Explanation:
Given,
Convert from improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
15 × 1 = 15
15 + 1 = 16
\(\frac{16}{15}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{15}\)

Lessons 7.7–7.8

Find the sum or difference.

Question 5.
\(3 \frac{1}{4}+2 \frac{3}{4}\) =
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 6

Explanation:
Given,
\(3 \frac{1}{4}+2 \frac{3}{4}\)
First add the whole numbers
3 + 2 = 5
\(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{3}{4}\) = 1
5 + 1 = 6
\(3 \frac{1}{4}+2 \frac{3}{4}\) = 6

Question 6.
\(1 \frac{5}{12}+2 \frac{1}{12}\) =
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3 \(\frac{6}{12}\)

Explanation:
Given,
\(1 \frac{5}{12}+2 \frac{1}{12}\)
First add the whole numbers
1 + 2 = 3
3 \(\frac{5}{12}\) + \(\frac{1}{12}\) = 3 \(\frac{6}{12}\)

Question 7.

\(9 \frac{5}{6}-7 \frac{1}{6}\) =
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{4}{6}\)

Explanation:
Given,
\(9 \frac{5}{6}-7 \frac{1}{6}\)
First subtract the whole numbers
9 – 7 = 2
5/6 – 1/6 = \(\frac{4}{6}\)
2 + \(\frac{4}{6}\) = 2 \(\frac{4}{6}\)
Thus \(9 \frac{5}{6}-7 \frac{1}{6}\) = 2 \(\frac{4}{6}\)

Question 8.

\(9 \frac{3}{10}-1 \frac{7}{10}\) =
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 7 \(\frac{6}{10}\)

Explanation:
Given,
\(9 \frac{3}{10}-1 \frac{7}{10}\)
First subtract the whole numbers
9 – 1 = 8
3/10 – 7/10 = – 4/10
8 – 4/10 = 7 \(\frac{6}{10}\)

Lesson 7.9

Use the properties and mental math to find the sum.

Question 9.
\(\left(1 \frac{1}{4}+4\right)+2 \frac{3}{4}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 8

Explanation:
Given,
\(\left(1 \frac{1}{4}+4\right)+2 \frac{3}{4}\)
1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) + 4 + 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
Add the whole numbers
1 + 4 = 5
5 \(\frac{1}{4}\) + 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
5 + 2 = 7
\(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{3}{4}\) = 1
7 + 1 = 8

Question 10.
\(\frac{3}{5}+\left(90 \frac{2}{5}+10\right)\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 101

Explanation:
Given,
\(\frac{3}{5}+\left(90 \frac{2}{5}+10\right)\)
Add the whole numbers
90 + 10 = 100
3/5 + 2/5 = 5/5 = 1
100 + 1 = 101

Question 11.
\(3 \frac{2}{6}+\left(2 \frac{1}{6}+\frac{4}{6}\right)\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 6 \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Explanation:
Given,
\(3 \frac{2}{6}+\left(2 \frac{1}{6}+\frac{4}{6}\right)\)
1/6 + 4/6 = 5/6
3 \(\frac{2}{6}\) + 2 \(\frac{5}{6}\) = 6 \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Question 12.
\(\left(\frac{5}{8}+2 \frac{3}{8}\right)+1 \frac{3}{8}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 4 \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Explanation:
Given,
\(\left(\frac{5}{8}+2 \frac{3}{8}\right)+1 \frac{3}{8}\)
5/8 + 3/8 = 8/8 = 1
2 + 1 = 3
3 + 1 3/8 = 4 \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Lesson 7.10

Question 13.
Adrian jogs \(\frac{3}{4}\) mile each morning. How many days will it take him to jog 3 miles?
____ days

Answer: 4 days

Explanation:
Given,
Adrian jogs \(\frac{3}{4}\) mile each morning.
\(\frac{3}{4}\)/3 = 4
Thus it will take 4 days for him to jog 3 miles.

Question 14.
Trail mix is sold in 1-pound bags. Mary will buy some trail mix and re-package it so that each of the 15 members of her hiking club gets one \(\frac{2}{5}\) -pound bag. How many 1-pound bags of trail mix should Mary buy to have enough trail mix without leftovers?
____ 1-pound bags

Answer: 6 1-pound bags

Explanation:
Given,
Trail mix is sold in 1-pound bags. Mary will buy some trail mix and re-package it so that each of the 15 members of her hiking club gets one \(\frac{2}{5}\) -pound bag.
15 × \(\frac{2}{5}\) = 6
Therefore Mary should buy 6 1-pound bags to have enough trail mix without leftovers.

Conclusion:

I believe the questuins and solutions shed in Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions pdf will show some light on you while practicing. Identify your preparation level by answering the problems involved in HMH Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions. Keep visiting our site ccssmathanswers.com to find the pdfs of chapterwise Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key.